[opensuse-translation-commit] r96289 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-08-17 15:02:25 +0200 (Wed, 17 Aug 2016) New Revision: 96289 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kernel-update-tool.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/linux-user-mgmt.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 13:59\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -959,11 +959,11 @@ msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs filtrés demeurent membres du groupe, réglez cette option sur 'false'." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Remplacez le répertoire privé de l'utilisateur. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez fournir une valeur absolue ou un modèle." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Définissez un modèle par défaut pour le répertoire privé d'un utilisateur si aucun modèle n'est explicitement spécifié par le fournisseur de données du domaine." @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Shell à utiliser par défaut si aucun shell autorisé n'est installé sur la machine." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Shell à utiliser par défaut si le fournisseur n'en trouve aucun pendant la recherche." @@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@ msgstr "Pour toute requête PAM lorsque SSSD est en ligne, SSSD tente de mettre immédiatement à jour les informations d'identité mises en cache pour l'utilisateur afin que l'authentification s'effectue avec les informations les plus récentes." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Afficher un avertissement N jours avant l'expiration du mot de passe." @@ -1145,588 +1145,588 @@ msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Remplacez la valeur GID principale par celle spécifiée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Traiter les noms d'utilisateur et de groupes comme étant sensibles à la casse." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "Lorsqu'un utilisateur ou un groupe fait l'objet d'une recherche par nom dans le fournisseur de proxys, une deuxième recherche par ID est effectuée pour mettre le nom en forme au cas où le nom requis serait un alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "Utilisez ce répertoire privé comme valeur par défaut pour tous les sous-domaines de ce domaine." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Liste (séparée par des virgules) des utilisateurs autorisés à se connecter." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Liste (séparée par des virgules) des groupes autorisés à se connecter. S'applique uniquement aux groupes de ce domaine SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Liste (séparée par des virgules) des groupes auxquels l'accès est explicitement refusé. S'applique uniquement aux groupes de ce domaine SSSD." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "Les outils ajoutent le nom de connexion à base_directory et l'utilisent comme le répertoire privé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Indiquer si un répertoire privé doit être créé par défaut pour les nouveaux utilisateurs." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "Indiquer si un répertoire privé doit être supprimé par défaut pour les utilisateurs supprimés." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "Utilisé par sss_useradd(8) pour spécifier les autorisations par défaut sur un nouveau répertoire privé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "Répertoire paramétrable, qui contient des fichiers et des répertoires à copier dans le répertoire privé de l'utilisateur, lorsque le répertoire privé est créé par sss_useradd(8)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "Répertoire de spoul de la messagerie électronique." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Commande exécutée après la suppression d'un utilisateur." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Spécifique à Active Directory) Utiliser l'attribut token-groups si disponible" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI (ldap://) des serveurs LDAP (séparés par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "DN de base par défaut à utiliser pour exécuter les règles sudo LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Spécifie la liste (séparée par des virgules) des URI des serveurs LDAP auxquels SSSD doit se connecter par ordre de préférence." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Spécifie la liste (séparée par des virgules) des URI des serveurs LDAP auxquels SSSD doit se connecter par ordre de préférence pour changer le mot de passe d'un utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN de base pour la recherche LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Type de schéma LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "DN de liaison par défaut à utiliser pour effectuer des opérations LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Type du jeton d'authentification du DN de liaison par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Jeton d'authentification du DN de liaison par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée utilisateur dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom de connexion de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'ID de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'ID du groupe principal de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au champ gecos de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Attribut LDAP qui contient le nom du répertoire privé de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le chemin d'accès au shell par défaut de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient l'UUID/le GUID de l'objet Utilisateur LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le SID d'objet de l'objet Utilisateur LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le tampon horaire de la dernière modification de l'objet parent." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (date de la dernière modification du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (âge minimum du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (âge maximum du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (période d'avertissement du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (période d'inactivité du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou de ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (date d'expiration du compte)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke la date et l'heure de la dernière modification de mot de passe dans kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke la date et l'heure d'expiration du mot de passe actuel." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke l'heure d'expiration du compte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke le champ de bits de contrôle du compte utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou équivalent, ce paramètre détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut détermine la date jusqu'à laquelle l'accès est autorisé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut détermine à quelles heures de la journée (au cours de la semaine) l'accès est autorisé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le nom principal de l'utilisateur (UPN) Kerberos de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les clés publiques SSH de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Certains serveurs d'annuaire, comme Active Directory, indiquent la partie domaine de l'UPN en minuscules, ce qui peut entraîner un échec d'authentification." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Définissez cette option sur true si vous voulez utiliser un domaine en majuscules." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Spécifie le nombre de secondes pendant lequel SSSD doit patienter avant de rafraîchir son cache d'enregistrements énumérés." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Déterminer la fréquence à laquelle vérifier la présence d'entrées inactives dans le cache (comme des groupes sans aucun membre ou des utilisateurs qui ne se sont jamais connectés) et les supprimer pour gagner de l'espace." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom complet de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui répertorie les adhésions de l'utilisateur à des groupes." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD utilise la présence de l'attribut authorizedService dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour déterminer les privilèges d'accès." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=host, SSSD utilise la présence de l'attribut hôte dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour déterminer les privilèges d'accès." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée de groupe dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom du groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'ID du groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des membres du groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient l'UUID/le GUID d'un objet Groupe LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le SID d'objet d'un objet Groupe LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " Attribut LDAP qui contient le tampon horaire de la dernière modification de l'objet parent." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Si ldap_schema est défini sur un format de schéma qui prend en charge les groupes imbriqués (par ex. RFC2307bis), cette option contrôle le nombre de niveaux d'imbrication que SSSD suivra." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD d'utiliser une fonction spécifique à Active Directory, susceptible d'accélérer les opérations de recherche dans les groupes pour les déploiements composés de groupes complexes ou fortement imbriqués." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD d'utiliser une fonction spécifique à Active Directory, susceptible d'accélérer les opérations initgroups (plus particulièrement lorsqu'il s'agit de groupes complexes ou fortement imbriqués)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Classe d'objet d'une entrée de netgroup dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom du netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des membres du netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les triples du netgroup (hôte, utilisateur, domaine)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient l'UUID/le GUID d'un objet de netgroup LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée de service dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des attributs de service et leurs alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le port géré par ce service." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les protocoles compris par ce service." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "DN de base, zone de recherche et filtre LDAP facultatifs pour limiter les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) pendant lequel les recherches ldap sont autorisées à s'exécuter avant d'être annulées et que les résultats mis en cache soient renvoyés (et le mode hors ligne activé)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) pendant lequel les recherches ldap pour des énumérations d'utilisateurs et de groupes sont autorisées à s'exécuter avant d'être annulées et que les résultats mis en cache soient renvoyés (et le mode hors ligne activé)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) après lequel reprend l'interrogation(2)/la sélection(2) suivant une connexion(2) en cas d'inactivité." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) après lequel les appels vers les API LDAP synchrones se terminent en l'absence de réponse." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) pendant lequel une connexion vers un serveur LDAP est maintenue." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Spécifiez le nombre d'enregistrements à récupérer à partir de LDAP dans une seule requête. Certains serveurs LDAP appliquent une limite maximum par requête." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Désactiver le contrôle de pagination LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Lors de communications avec un serveur LDAP utilisant SASL, spécifie le niveau de sécurité minimum nécessaire pour établir la connexion." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Spécifiez le nombre de membres du groupe qui doivent manquer dans le cache interne pour qu'une recherche de déréférencement soit déclenchée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Valider la certification du serveur dans la session TLS LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient les certificats pour toutes les autorités de certification reconnues pas sssd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Spécifie le chemin d'accès à un répertoire qui contient les certificats des autorités de certification dans des fichiers individuels distincts." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient le certificat pour la clé du client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient la clé du client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Spécifie les suites cipher acceptables." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Spécifie que la connexion id_provider doit également utiliser tls pour protéger le canal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Spécifie que SSSD doit essayer d'assigner les ID d'utilisateurs et de groupes des attributs ldap_user_objectsid et ldap_group_objectsid plutôt que de compter sur ldap_user_uid_number et ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Spécifiez le mécanisme SASL à utiliser." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Spécifiez l'ID de l'autorisation SASL à utiliser." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Spécifiez le domaine SASL à utiliser." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Si cette option est définie sur true, la bibliothèque LDAP effectuera une recherche inversée pour former le nom d'hôte pendant une liaison SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Spécifiez le fichier keytab à utiliser pour SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Spécifie que id_provider doit initialiser les références Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Spécifie la durée de vie du TGT (en secondes) lors de l'utilisation de GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Sélectionnez la stratégie à utiliser pour évaluer l'expiration du mot de passe côté client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Spécifie s'il convient d'activer la recherche automatique de renvois." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Spécifie le nom du service à utiliser lorsque la découverte des services est activée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Spécifie le nom du service à utiliser pour trouver un serveur LDAP qui autorise les changements de mots de passe lorsque la découverte des services est activée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Spécifie si l'attribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change doit être mis à jour avec les jours depuis la période suivant une opération de modification de mot de passe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Si vous utilisez access_provider = ldap et ldap_access_order = filter (paramètres par défaut), cette option est obligatoire. Elle précise un critère de recherche LDAP qui doit être respecté pour que l'utilisateur se voie accorder l'accès à l'hôte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Cette option permet d'activer une évaluation côté client des attributs de contrôle d'accès." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Liste des options de contrôle d'accès, séparées par des virgules." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Spécifie comment s'effectue la suppression de la référence à l'alias lors d'une recherche." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Autorise la conservation des utilisateurs locaux en tant que membres d'un groupe LDAP pour les serveurs qui utilisent le schéma RFC2307." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs Kerberos (valeurs séparées par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Spécifie la liste d'adresses IP ou de noms d'hôte, séparés par des virgules, des serveurs Kerberos auxquels SSSD doit se connecter, par ordre de préférence." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Domaine Kerberos (EXEMPLE.COM, par exemple)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Si le service de modification de mot de passe ne s'exécute pas sur le KDC, d'autres serveurs peuvent être définis ici." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Répertoire de stockage des caches de références." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Emplacement du cache de référence de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Timeout en secondes après l'abandon d'une demande d'authentification en ligne ou d'une demande de modification de mot de passe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Vérifier à l'aide du fichier krb5_keytab que le TGT obtenu n'a pas été simulé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Emplacement du fichier Keytab à utiliser lors de la validation des références obtenues à partir des KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Stocker le mot de passe de l'utilisateur si le fournisseur est hors ligne et l'utiliser pour demander un TGT lors de la prochaine connexion du fournisseur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Demander un ticket renouvelable avec une durée de vie totale, sous la forme d'un entier immédiatement suivi d'une unité de temps." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Demander un ticket à durée de vie limitée précisée sous la forme d'un nombre entier immédiatement suivi d'une unité de temps." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "L'intervalle en secondes entre deux contrôles de la nécessité de renouvellement du TGT." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Active la méthode FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) pour la pré-authentification Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Spécifie le principal du serveur à utiliser pour FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Spécifie si l'hôte et le principal de l'utilisateur doivent être formés." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Spécifie le nom du domaine Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs AD (valeurs séparées par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Liste des adresses IP ou noms d'hôtes (séparés par des virgules) des serveurs AD auxquels SSSD doit se connecter, par ordre de préférence." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "Nom d'hôte AD (facultatif) - Peut être défini si hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom de domaine complet (FQDN) utilisé par AD pour identifier cet hôte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Remplacez le répertoire privé de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Spécifie la limite inférieure de la plage d'ID POSIX à utiliser pour l'assignation d'un utilisateur Active Directory et des SID de groupes." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Spécifie la limite supérieure de la plage d'ID POSIX à utiliser pour l'assignation d'un utilisateur Active Directory et des identificateurs SID de groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Spécifie le nombre d'ID disponibles pour chaque section." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Spécifiez le SID de domaine du domaine par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Spécifiez le nom du domaine par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Modifie le comportement de l'algorithme d'assignation d'ID afin qu'il se rapproche de l'algorithme “idmap_autorid” winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Précise le nom du domaine IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs IPA (valeurs séparées par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "Nom d'hôte IPA (facultatif) - Peut être défini si hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom de domaine complet (FQDN) utilisé par IPA pour identifier cet hôte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Emplacement de l'automounter qui sera utilisé par ce client IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD de mettre à jour automatiquement le serveur DNS intégré à FreeIPA v2 en fonction de l'adresse IP de ce client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "TTL (durée de vie) à appliquer à l'enregistrement DNS du client lors de sa mise à jour." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Sélectionnez l'interface dont l'adresse IP doit être utilisée pour les mises à jour dynamiques du DNS." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Cette opération peut prendre un certain temps" @@ -49,14 +49,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -252,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "Sélectionnez d'abord un fichier dans le tableau." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -263,42 +262,20 @@ "</p>" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progression " #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Configuration du système selon les paramètres de l'installation automatique" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" -"Ces sections du profil AutoYaST ne sont plus prises en charge :\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Utilisez par exemple <scripts/> ou <files/> pour modifier la configuration." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "Ces sections du profil AutoYaST ne peuvent pas être traitées sur ce système :\n" "\n" @@ -308,25 +285,28 @@ #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Configuration de %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "Non configuration de %1" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Exécution des post-scripts" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Redémarrage de tous les services actifs" +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Activation de la cible systemd par défaut" @@ -337,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr "Fin de la configuration" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Traitement de la ressource %1" @@ -397,8 +377,15 @@ "Échec d'exécution du script:\n" "%1" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif @@ -406,7 +393,7 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" @@ -414,59 +401,50 @@ "<p>\n" "Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation automatique.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Détecter le matériel" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Récupérer et lire le fichier de contrôle" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Analyser le fichier de contrôle" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Configuration initiale" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "Préparation du système pour l'installation automatique" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Étape de précontrôle" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Détection du matériel..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" +"Ces sections du profil AutoYaST ne sont plus prises en charge :\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Utilisez par exemple <scripts/> ou <files/> pour modifier la configuration." + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Analyse du fichier de contrôle" @@ -510,92 +488,120 @@ #. Uwe Gansert #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "<P>Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation automatique.</P>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Exécuter les scripts de pré-installation de l'utilisateur" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configurer les paramètres généraux " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Configurer la langue" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Créer les plans de partitionnement" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configurer le chargeur d'amorçage" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Enregistrement" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configurer les sélections de logiciels" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configurer la cible Systemd par défaut" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Configurer les utilisateurs et les groupes" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "Confirmer la fermeture" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Exécution des scripts de pré-installation de l'utilisateur..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configuration des paramètres généraux..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Configuration de la langue..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Création des plans de partitionnement..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Enregistrement du système…" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configuration des sélections de logiciels..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configuration de la cible Systemd par défaut..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "Importation de la configuration des utilisateurs et des groupes..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Préparation du système pour l'installation automatique..." -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Gestion des produits complémentaires..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configuration de la langue..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -603,8 +609,9 @@ "Erreur durant la configuration des partitions.\n" "Essayez à nouveau.\n" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -684,11 +691,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Sélection de logiciels" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" @@ -703,19 +710,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Emplacement de la source d'installation (par exemple : http://monhôte/11.3/DVD1)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "La source d'installation du système (cette option ne permet pas de créer d'images)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "l'utilisation de cette source d'installation a échoué" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Lecture de la base de données de paquetages..." @@ -967,6 +974,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Nom du périphérique du groupe de volumes" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1582,7 +1594,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Vérification XML avec validation RNG..." @@ -1592,7 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "Section %1 : " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Vérification XML avec validation RNC..." @@ -1631,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "Redémarrer la machine après la deuxième étape" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Gestion des signatures" @@ -1972,67 +1984,6 @@ "non formatées LVM et RAID.\n" "</p>\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole HTTP(S). Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole FTP. Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2." - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "La lecture du fichier sur le %1/%2 a échoué.\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "La lecture du fichier sur le %1 a échoué.\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "Le montage de %1 a échoué." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "La lecture d'un fichier sur le CD a échoué. Chemin d'accès : %1/%2." - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le fichier distant %1" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "%1 n'est pas monté et le montage a échoué" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier %1" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole TFTP." - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Le protocole %1 est inconnu." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2301,12 +2252,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "L'analyseur XML a signalé une erreur suite à l'analyse du profil autoyast. Le message d'erreur suivant s'affiche :\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2323,45 +2274,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Choisir un profil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Chargement du fichier de contrôle depuis la disquette." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur TFTP : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur NFS : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur HTTP : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur FTP : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis le fichier : %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis le disque : /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis l'emplacement par défaut." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Source inconnue." @@ -2371,7 +2322,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2381,7 +2332,7 @@ "<p>Pratiquement toutes les ressources du fichier de contrôle peuvent\n" "être configurées à l'aide du système de gestion des configurations.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2395,7 +2346,7 @@ "de contrôle qui peut être utilisé pour installer un autre système à l'aide d'AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2429,79 +2380,97 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Confirmer l'installation ?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Oui" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "Non" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Deuxième étape de AutoYast" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Arrêt de la machine après la première étape" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Arrêt de la machine après la deuxième étape" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Redémarrage de la machine après la deuxième étape" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Acceptation des fichiers non signés" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Refus des fichiers non signés" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Acceptation des fichiers sans somme de contrôle" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Refus des fichiers sans somme de contrôle" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Acceptation des vérifications ayant échoué" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Refus des vérifications ayant échoué" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Acceptation des clés GPG inconnues" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Refus des clés GPG inconnues" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Importation de nouvelles clés GPG" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Non importation de nouvelles clés GPG" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "Synchronisation horaire…" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "Synchronisation horaire avec %s." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "Échec de la synchronisation horaire." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "Impossible de mettre à jour l'heure du système." + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "Impossible de réutiliser le groupe de volumes %1. Le groupe de volumes n'existe pas." @@ -2517,72 +2486,72 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Lecteurs" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s lecteur au total" msgstr[1] "%s lecteurs au total" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Pas encore cloné." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Scripts de pré-installation" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Scripts de post-installation" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Scripts Chroott" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Scripts init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Scripts de post-partitionnement" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pré" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-partitionnement" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Inconnu" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2592,31 +2561,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Échec de l'ajout du dépôt %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du modèle. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Création de l'image - installation des paquets" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du paquet. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Sauvegarder l'image vers..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2624,16 +2593,16 @@ "Vous pouvez modifier l'image %1 maintenant\n" "Si vous cliquez sur Ok, l'image sera compressé et ne pourra plus être modifiée." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Échec de la compression de l'image dans '%1'. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Image créée avec succès" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2642,30 +2611,30 @@ "Vous pouvez créer ce fichier à l'aide de la commande 'ls -F > directory.yast' s'il n'existe pas." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "Impossible de lire '%1'. Réessayer ?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "Impossible de lire '%1'. Échec de la création de l'ISO" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Création de la structure de fichiers de l'ISO..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "Configuration d'amorçage pour le DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2675,43 +2644,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Sauvegarde de l'image ISO vers..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Création de l'image ISO..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "Image ISO créée avec succès dans %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Schémas sélectionnés" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Paquetages sélectionnés individuellement" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Paquetages à supprimer" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Forcer le paquetage noyau" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Définition impossible des modèles : %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquetages. Consultez la section relative à votre logiciel dans le profil autoyast." @@ -2756,14 +2725,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Collecte des données de configuration..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Profil AutoYaST chiffré. Saisissez le mot de passe deux fois." @@ -2771,14 +2740,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire la section %1 dans le fichier %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Profil AutoYaST chiffré. Saisissez le bon mot de passe." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -78,79 +78,79 @@ msgstr "Ce module YaST2 ne prend pas en charge l'interface de ligne de commande." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Utilisez 'help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Commande inconnue : %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Une valeur manque à l'option '%1'." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Option inconnue pour la commande '%1' : %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' : %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' -- valeur attendue '%2', valeur reçue %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "L'option '%1' ne peut pas avoir de valeur. Valeur donnée : %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Utilisez '%1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "Module de configuration YaST : %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Aucune aide disponible" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Commande '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ " Options :" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ " Les options du type [chaîne] doivent être écrites sous la forme 'option=valeur'." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -177,137 +177,137 @@ " Exemple :" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Ceci est un module YaST." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Syntaxe de base :" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <commande> [verbose] [options]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <commande> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <commande> [options]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <commande> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Commandes :" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Aucune aide disponible." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "" msgstr "<Erreur : aide non valide>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Exécutez 'yast2 %1 <commande> help' pour obtenir une liste des options disponibles." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') vide. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "inconnu" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "ou '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Spécifier la commande '%1'." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Spécifier une des commandes : %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Spécifier seulement une des commandes : %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Aucune interface utilisateur n'est disponible pour ce module." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Prêt" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialisation" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Fin..." #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Terminé" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Sortie (sans modifications)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "oui ou non ?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "oui" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "non" @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Erreur d'installation" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "Suppression depuis le paquetage mémoire '%s'" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Pas de procédure définie pour ce mode d'installation." @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Une erreur interne s'est produite lors de l'intégration du processus supplémentaire." @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Lors de l'amorçage" @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellement" @@ -555,22 +555,22 @@ msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Démarrer le service" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Service en cours d'exécution" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Service non en cours d'exécution" @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -602,48 +602,48 @@ "le service immédiatement, utilisez <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Redémarrer le service maintenant" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Arrêter le service maintenant" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Enregistrer les modifications et redémarrer le service maintenant" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Redémarrer le service maintenant" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "&Arrêter le service maintenant" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "&Enregistrer les modifications et redémarrer le service maintenant" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Marche et Arrêt" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "État actuel : " #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -654,12 +654,12 @@ "de configuration originaux, sélectionnez <b>%1</b>.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Support LDAP actif" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Support &LDAP actif" @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Descendre" @@ -721,12 +721,12 @@ msgstr "Le fichier spécifié existe. L'écraser ?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "L'ID de la clé TSIG n'a pas été spécifié." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ "La supprimer ?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -744,27 +744,27 @@ "sur votre disque. La supprimer ?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "La clé va être créée maintenant. Continuer ?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "La création de la clé TSIG a échoué." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Le fichier spécifié n'existe pas." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Le fichier spécifié ne contient pas de clé TSIG." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ "Les anciennes clés seront supprimées. Continuer ?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ "Utilisez ce dialogue pour administrer les clés TSIG.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ "qui contient la clé, puis cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ "<b>Générer</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -826,27 +826,27 @@ "cesser de l'utiliser dans la configuration.</p>\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Ajouter une clé TSIG existante" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Créer une nouvelle clé TSIG" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&ID de clé" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Générer" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Clés TSIG actuelles" @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -862,22 +862,22 @@ msgstr "ID de clé" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nom de fichier" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Option &sélectionnée" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Option actuelle :" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "L'option sélectionnée n'est pas présente." @@ -941,19 +941,19 @@ "dans la liste.</p>" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Autre" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Le périphérique n'est pas configuré." #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Cliquer sur <B>Modifier</B> pour configurer" @@ -1125,9 +1125,8 @@ msgid "Service Status" msgstr "État du service" -#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors #. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" "Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" @@ -1144,36 +1143,36 @@ "Cochez cette case pour activer le service au démarrage du système. Désélectionnez-la pour désactiver le service. Cela n'affecte pas l'état actuel du service sur le système en cours d'exécution.</p>\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "État actuel :" #. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "Lancer au démarrage du système" #. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "en cours d'exécution" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "Arrêter maintenant" #. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "arrêté" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "Démarrer maintenant" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1183,7 +1182,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1193,7 +1192,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1394,7 +1393,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Mot de &passe" @@ -1710,7 +1709,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "oui" @@ -1721,7 +1720,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "non" @@ -1785,19 +1784,19 @@ msgstr "Journaliser les erreurs : %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Avertissement :" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Erreur :" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Message :" @@ -1850,7 +1849,7 @@ msgstr "Su&pprimer" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variable" @@ -1946,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "Entrer la phrase secrète" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Entrez la phrase secrète pour déverrouiller la clé GPG %1 :" @@ -2052,6 +2051,231 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite à la lecture du journal." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "Zone inconnue" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"L'interface '%1' n'est assignée à aucune zone pare-feu.\n" +"Exécutez YaST2Firewall et assignez-la.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "Zone externe" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "Zone interne" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "Zone démilitarisée" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"L'interface '%1' est incluse dans des zones pare-feu multiples.\n" +"Continuer la configuration peut provoquer des erreurs.\n" +"\n" +"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une réparation\n" +"manuelle dans le fichier '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du pare-feu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "Lire la configuration actuelle" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "Lecture de la configuration actuelle..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du pare-feu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "Échec lors de l'écriture des paramètres" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "Protocole inconnu (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "Le service portant le nom '%{service_name}' n'existe pas." + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Service : %{filename}" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "Téléphone (domicile)" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "Téléphone professionnel" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "Servie '%1' inconnu" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -2093,13 +2317,13 @@ msgstr "L'interface n'est assignée à aucune zone." #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Interfaces &réseau avec port ouvert dans le pare-feu" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2108,7 +2332,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2122,7 +2346,7 @@ "Continuer ?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2138,8 +2362,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2154,22 +2378,22 @@ "Continuer ?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Interfaces réseau avec port ouvert dans le pare-feu" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&Tout sélectionner" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Sélectionner &aucun" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2178,7 +2402,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2188,7 +2412,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2201,7 +2425,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2210,7 +2434,7 @@ "cliquez sur <b>%2</b>.<br>" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2219,46 +2443,46 @@ "est activé.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Ouvrir port dans pare-feu" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Détails du pare-feu" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Ouvrir port dans &pare-feu" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "&Détails du pare-feu..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" +msgstr "" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Pare-feu est ouvert" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau" @@ -2266,27 +2490,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RNIS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "inconnu" @@ -2296,389 +2520,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Adresse supplémentaire" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau Arcnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "TTA (ATM)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Technologie temporelle asynchrone (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Connexion bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Réseau Bond" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Liaison commune d'accès à la station de travail (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Carte RNIS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Interface canal à canal (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Connexion DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Pseudo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Pseudo périphérique réseau" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Connecteur système entreprise (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Interface HiperSockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Connexion RNIS" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Périphérique réseau infrarouge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Périphérique infrarouge" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Véhicule de communication inter-utilisateurs (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "LCS OSA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau LCS OSA" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Boucle" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Périphérique de boucle" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Ligne parallèle" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Connexion de la ligne parallèle" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Périphérique OSA-Express ou QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Périphérique d'encapsulation IPv6-in-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Ligne série" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Connexion de la ligne série" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Périphérique réseau USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Périphérique réseau VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Sans fil" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Carte réseau sans fil" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Réseau XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Réseau local virtuel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Pont" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Pont réseau" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Réseau TUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Réseau TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Périphérique InfiniBand" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Périphérique inconnu" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Adresse DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Aucune adresse IP n'est assignée" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Type de périphérique" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nom du périphérique" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID du périphérique" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Connecté" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Recherche d'hôtes dans ce LAN..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Serveurs &NFS" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Hôtes di&stants" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Répertoires &exportés" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2693,7 +2917,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2703,7 +2927,7 @@ "Redémarrez l'installation et configurez le réseau sous Linuxrc\n" "ou continuez sans réseau." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2726,142 +2950,6 @@ "Un numéro de port peut être un nombre de 0 à 65535.\n" "Aucun espace n'est autorisé.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "Zone externe" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "Zone interne" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "Zone démilitarisée" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "Zone inconnue" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"L'interface '%1' est incluse dans des zones pare-feu multiples.\n" -"Continuer la configuration peut provoquer des erreurs.\n" -"\n" -"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une réparation\n" -"manuelle dans le fichier '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"L'interface '%1' n'est assignée à aucune zone pare-feu.\n" -"Exécutez YaST2Firewall et assignez-la.\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du pare-feu" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "Lire la configuration actuelle" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "Lecture de la configuration actuelle..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du pare-feu" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "Échec lors de l'écriture des paramètres" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "Protocole inconnu (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2948,62 +3036,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Vous installez un système utilisant une cible iSCSI, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports nécessaires dans le pare-feu." -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "Le service portant le nom '%{service_name}' n'existe pas." - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Service : %{filename}" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "Servie '%1' inconnu" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Ces paquetages doivent être installés :" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -3018,17 +3058,17 @@ msgstr "&Désinstaller" #. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Vérification des conflits de fichiers..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>La détection des conflits de fichiers est en cours.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3039,7 +3079,7 @@ "%s" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3050,7 +3090,7 @@ "les fichiers en conflit seront remplacés et le contenu précédent sera perdu." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "Conflit de fichiers détecté" @@ -3102,7 +3142,7 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Erreur : %1 :" @@ -3226,7 +3266,7 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Ignorer le rafraîchissement automatique" @@ -3312,7 +3352,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Réessayer ?" @@ -3364,7 +3404,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquetage : " @@ -3430,24 +3470,24 @@ #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Téléchargement : %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Vérification de la base de données de paquetages" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Reconstruction de la base de données de paquetages. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3456,16 +3496,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Conversion de la base de données des paquetages. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "État" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3474,12 +3514,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Lecture de la base de données RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Lecture des paquetages installés" @@ -3490,27 +3530,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Analyse de la base de données RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Échec de l'initialisation de la cible." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Base de données RPM lue" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Authentification de l'utilisateur" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3521,20 +3561,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Afficher les &détails" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Taille : " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Temps restant avant la nouvelle tentative automatique : %1" @@ -3612,12 +3652,12 @@ "d'être résolues manuellement, depuis le gestionnaire de logiciels." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "L'installation des paquetages nécessaires a échoué." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3803,7 +3843,7 @@ #. display installation log #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Journal d'installation" @@ -3816,44 +3856,44 @@ msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Après l'installation des paquetages" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Afficher ce rapport" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Terminer" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Continuer dans le Gestionnaire de logiciels" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Rapport d'installation</B></BIG><BR>Voici un résumé des paquetages installés ou supprimés.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Rapport d'installation" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Paquetages installés" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Paquets mis à jour" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Paquets supprimés" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Paquets restants" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3870,7 +3910,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3891,7 +3931,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3910,16 +3950,16 @@ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Paquetage non signé" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Fichier non signé" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3936,7 +3976,7 @@ "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3953,62 +3993,62 @@ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Contrôle de cohérence introuvable" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID : %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Empreinte digitale : %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nom : %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Créé : %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Expire le : %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID : " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nom :" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Empreinte : " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Créé le : " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Expire le : " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4031,7 +4071,7 @@ "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4054,12 +4094,12 @@ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Échec du contrôle de validation" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4080,7 +4120,7 @@ "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4101,12 +4141,12 @@ "Voulez-vous quand même l'utiliser ?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Clé GnuPG inconnue" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4129,7 +4169,7 @@ "d'ignorer le paquet.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4152,17 +4192,17 @@ "de l'ignorer.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Signé avec la clé publique non sécurisée" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "Faire confiance e&t importer la clé" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4177,7 +4217,7 @@ "d'avoir un certain contrôle du logiciel sur votre système.</p>" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4188,7 +4228,7 @@ "les paquets ou dépôts créés par le propriétaire de la clé ne seront pas utilisés.</p>" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4199,7 +4239,7 @@ "(%2) :" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4212,23 +4252,23 @@ "la clé appartient bien à ce propriétaire avant de l'importer." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ATTENTION : la clé a expiré !" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importer la clé GnuPG non sécurisée" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Faire confiance" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4251,12 +4291,12 @@ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Mauvais digest" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4277,7 +4317,7 @@ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Digest inconnu" @@ -4331,31 +4371,31 @@ #. tab #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&Détails" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Présentation" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&Détails" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Mise à niveau en cours" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installation en cours" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Installation des paquetages" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4364,7 +4404,7 @@ "quitter l'installation ?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abandonné" @@ -4972,8 +5012,17 @@ "Code de sortie : %{exitcode}\n" "Sortie de l'erreur : %{stderr}" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +msgid "" +"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgstr "" +"Les fichiers %1 ont été modifiés manuellement.\n" +"YaST peut perdre certains changements." + #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -4981,34 +5030,23 @@ "Le fichier %1 a été modifié manuellement.\n" "YaST peut perdre certains changements.\n" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes" -msgstr "" -"Les fichiers %1 ont été modifiés manuellement.\n" -"YaST peut perdre certains changements." - -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Ne plus jamais afficher ce message" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" +msgid_plural "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr[0] "" "Le fichier %s a été créé manuellement.\n" "Il se peut que YaST le perde." - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" -"Files %s have been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[1] "" "Les fichiers %s ont été créés manuellement.\n" "Il se peut que YaST les perde." @@ -5018,7 +5056,7 @@ msgstr "Une erreur est survenue durant la création de initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5146,13 +5184,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" @@ -5235,8 +5273,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "Module" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,96 +15,54 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Module de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "La partition de démarrage est de type NFS. Impossible d'installer le chargeur d'amorçage." -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Effacer une option globale ou l'option d'une section" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "Paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Définir une option globale ou l'option d'une section" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "La carte des périphériques doit contenir au moins un périphérique" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "Ajoutez une nouvelle section - veuillez utiliser le mode interactif." +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Paramètres d'ordre des disques" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "Imprimer la valeur de l'option spécifiée" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "D&isques" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "Le nom d'une section" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Périphérique" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "La clé d'une option" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "La partition du chargeur d'amorçage personnalisée sélectionnée %s n'est plus disponible." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "La valeur d'une option" - -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "La section %1 n'a pas été trouvée." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "La valeur n'a pas été spécifiée." - -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "L'ajout d'options n'est disponible que dans le mode interactif en ligne de commande." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." -msgstr "Le nom de la section n'a pas été spécifié." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "L'option n'a pas été spécifiée." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "L'option spécifiée n'existe pas." - -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "Valeur : %1" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..." #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -120,1313 +78,275 @@ #. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system #. Message that will be displayed along with information #. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Le système va réamorcer maintenant..." -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre système pourrait ne pas être amorçable." +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "&Chargeur d'amorçage" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause de la partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" +msgstr "" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Amorçage" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" +msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Amorçage" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" +msgstr "Géré" -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "Ordre disques" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "Par défaut" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Paramètres d'ordre des disques" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "Menu d'amorçage" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" -msgstr "<p><big><b>Menu d'amorçage</b></big><br></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Définir l'étiquette active dans la table de partition pour la partition de démarrage\n" -"</b><br>\n" -"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR générique \n" -"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une partition \n" -"soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR.</p>" +"\n" +"Si vous n'installez pas de chargeur d'amorçage, \n" +"le système risque de ne pas démarrer.\n" +" \n" +" Voulez-vous continuer ?\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Timeout en secondes</b><br>\n" -"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur de démarrage observe avant de charger le kernel par défaut.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Type de chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n" +"Pour choisir d'installer ou non un chargeur d'amorçage et lequel installer,\n" +"utilisez la liste <b>Chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p> En cliquant sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> vous marquez la section séléctionnée\n" -"comme par défaut. Lors du démarrage, le chargeur de démarrage fournira un menu et\n" -"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un kernel ou un système d'exploitation à amorcer.\n" -"Si aucune touche n'est pressée avant la fin du timeout, le kernel ou le\n" -"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur\n" -"de démarrage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n" +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "Type de chargeur d'amorçage : %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b> remplace le MBR de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n" -"du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active).</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "Activer le démarrage sécurisé : %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage</b> est l'une des options recommandées, l'autre étant \n" -"<b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b>.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "oui" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>L'option <b>Utiliser Grub approuvé</b> vous permet d'installer et d'utiliser Grub approuvé. L'option <i>Fichier de menu graphique</i> est ignorée.\n" -"Nous vous recommandons d'installer Grub sur MBR</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" +msgstr "non" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir du secteur d'amorçage principal</b> n'est pas recommandée si un autre \n" -"système d'exploitation est installé sur l'ordinateur.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "Emplacement d'état : %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" -"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b> est recommandée lorsqu'il existe une partition \n" -"adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner <b>Définir l'étiquette active dans la table de partition pour la partition de démarrage</b> et <b>Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b>\n" -" sous <b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b> afin de mettre à jour le secteur d'amorçage principal si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire de démarrage\n" -" pour qu'il ouvre la section.</p>" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "Ordre des disques durs : %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir de la partition étendue</b> doit être sélectionnée si votre partition root est située sur la \n" -"partition logique alors que la partition /boot est manquante.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (étendue)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" -msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Partition de démarrage personnalisée</b> permet de choisir la partition de démarrage.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. <b>Activer la redondance pour la matrice MD</b>\n" -"activer cette option pour copier GRUB dans le MBR des 2 disques.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (ne pas installer</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Utiliser la console série</b> permet de définir les paramètres à utiliser\n" -"pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de Grub (<code>info grub</code>).</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (installer</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Définition du terminal</b></p><br>\n" -"Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser. Pour un terminal série (par exemple, une console série),\n" -" spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre <code>console</code> \n" -"à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si vous appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n" -" celui-ci sera utilisé comme terminal GRUB.</p>" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (ne pas installer</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut</b> contient la liste \n" -"des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la section par défaut ne serait pas amorçable.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (installer</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Masquer le menu lors du démarrage</b> permet de masquer le menu de démarrage.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (ne pas installer</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Fichier de menu graphique</b> permet de définir le fichier à utiliser pour le menu d'amorçage graphique.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage sur la partition \"/\" (l'y installer</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Activer les signaux acoustiques</b> activer/désactiver les signaux acoustiques.</p>" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement n'est sélectionné pour l'étape 1 du chargeur d'amorçage. À moins que vous ne sachiez précisément ce que vous faites, sélectionnez l'emplacement ci-dessus." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Protéger le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe</b><br>\n" -"Permet de définir le mot de passe demandé lors de l'accès au menu d'amorçage. YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que \n" -"si vous le saisissez à nouveau dans le champ <b>Retaper le mot de passe</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement : %s" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "&Timeout en secondes" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Ordre des disques</b></big><br>\n" -"Pour préciser l'ordre des disques selon l'ordre du BIOS, utilisez\n" -"les boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b> pour réorganiser les disques.\n" -"Pour ajouter un disque, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.\n" -"Pour supprimer un disque, cliquez sur <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>" +"<p><b>Timeout en secondes</b><br>\n" +"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur de démarrage observe avant de charger le kernel par défaut.</p>\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "&Timeout en secondes" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Définir l'étiquette active dans la table de partition pour la partition de démarrage\n" +"</b><br>\n" +"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR générique \n" +"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une partition \n" +"soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "&Entrée de démarrage par défaut" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Écrire du code &générique d'amorçage dans le MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "Utiliser &Trusted Grub" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b> remplace le MBR de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n" +"du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active).</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Partition d'amorçage personnalisée" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Amorcer à partir du secteur d'amorçage principal" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition racine" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition étendue" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "&Paramètres de la connexion série" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "Fichier de menu &graphique" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Masquer le menu lors du démarrage</b> permet de masquer le menu de démarrage.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "Mot de pa&sse de l'interface de menu" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" +msgstr "Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "&Marqueur de débogage" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain -#. Joachim Plack -#. Olaf Dabrunz -#. Philipp Thomas -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "Choisir un nouveau fichier de menu graphique" - -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "Activer les &signaux acoustiques" - -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" -msgstr "Protég&er le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "Mot de &passe" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "Re&taper le mot de passe" - -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Utiliser la console &série" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "Arguments de &console" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Périphérique" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "La carte des périphériques doit contenir au moins un périphérique" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "D&isques" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "&Monter" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "&Descendre" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition &racine" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Amorcer à par&tir de la partition d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Amorcer à partir du &MBR" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "Amorc&er à partir de la partition étendue" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage personnalisée" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "Activer la red&ondance pour la matrice MD" - -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Options du code d'amorçage" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Paramètres du kernel" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "Démarrage sécurisé" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "Activer le support du démarrage &sécurisé" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "Emp&lacement du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "Sélectionnez la partition sur laquelle est installée la séquence d'amorçage." - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du kernel</b> permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au kernel.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Mode Vga</b> définit le mode VGA que le kernel devrait activer pour la <i>console</i> lors du démarrage.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre de ligne de commande du noyau en mode sans échec</b> vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau en mode sans échec.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger</b> en utilisant os-prober pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères </p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Drapeau MBR de protection</b> est un paramètre de niveau expert qui ne doit être défini que sur du matériel peu commun. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section \"MBR de protection sur les disques GPT\". Ne modifiez pas ce paramètre si vous avez le moindre doute.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Distributeur</b> désigne le nom du distributeur du kernel utilisé pour créer le nom de l'entrée de démarrage. </p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "D&istributeur" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du kernel</b> permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au kernel.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "Mode &VGA" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Paramètre de ligne de commande du noyau en mode sans échec" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Drapeau MBR de protection" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Drapeau MBR de protection</b> est un paramètre de niveau expert qui ne doit être défini que sur du matériel peu commun. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section \"MBR de protection sur les disques GPT\". Ne modifiez pas ce paramètre si vous avez le moindre doute.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "Mode standard de police 8 pixels." - -#. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "Mode texte" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "Autre" - #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "défini" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "supprimer" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "ne pas modifier" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "Auto-détecter par grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "Activer le support du démarrage &sécurisé" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" -msgstr "Choisir un nouveau fichier de thème graphique" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 -msgid "Use &graphical console" -msgstr "Utiliser une console &graphique" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 -msgid "&Console resolution" -msgstr "Résolution de &console" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 -msgid "&Console theme" -msgstr "Thème de &console" - -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Chargeur de démarrage '%s' non pris en charge. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en conséquence." - -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier" - -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partition de démarrage est de type NFS. Impossible d'installer le chargeur d'amorçage." - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "Paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "Aucune option n'est définie pour le chargeur d'amorçage actuel." - -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "Section du kernel" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "Paramètres de section" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "Paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage : gestion de section" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "Section Xen" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "Section de menu" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "Section de vidage" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "Autre section du système" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "Nom de &fichier" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "Nom du fichier : %1" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "Contenu du fi&chier" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration manuelle pour experts" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Autres" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "Image" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "Disquette" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "Vidage" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "Déf." - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "Étiquette" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "Image / Périphérique" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "Dé&finir comme valeur par défaut" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "&Chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Si vous n'installez pas de chargeur d'amorçage, \n" -"le système risque de ne pas démarrer.\n" -" \n" -" Voulez-vous continuer ?\n" -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Vous avez choisi de changer de chargeur d'amorçage. Lors de la conversion \n" -" de la configuration, certains paramètres risquent d'être perdus.\n" -" \n" -" La configuration actuelle sera enregistrée : vous pourrez\n" -" la restaurer en revenant à votre chargeur d'amorçage actuel.\n" -" \n" -" Sélectionnez une procédure :\n" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "Activer le support du démarrage &sécurisé" -#. radiobutton -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "&Proposer une nouvelle configuration" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "Co&nvertir la configuration actuelle" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "&Commencer une nouvelle configuration à zéro" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "&Lire la configuration enregistrée sur le disque" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "Réc&upérer la configuration enregistrée avant la conversion" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "Sélectionnez le chargeur d'amorçage avant de modifier les sections." - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "Mo&difier les fichiers de configuration" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "Créer une configuration sans ai&de" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "&Relire la configuration depuis le disque" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "Restaurer le MBR du disque dur" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "Écrire le code d'amorçage du chargeur d'amorçage sur le disque" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "MBR restauré avec succès." - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "Échec lors de la restauration du MBR." - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "Échec de l'écriture des paramètres du chargeur de démarrage." - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" -msgstr "Gestion des §ions" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "&Installation du chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "Options du &chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Outil de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Modifiez les paramètres de votre chargeur d'amorçage.</P>" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +msgstr "Protég&er le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe" -#. help text, optional part of following -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" -"Si plusieurs systèmes Linux sont installés sur votre ordinateur,\n" -"YaST peut tenter de les trouver et de fusionner leurs menus." +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "P&rotéger uniquement la modification d'entrée" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Via l'option <B>Autres</B>,\n" -"vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage, supprimer la \n" -"configuration actuelle et en proposer une nouvelle, créer une configuration sans aide\n" -" ou relire la configuration enregistrée sur votre disque. %1</P>" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "Définition de mot de passe pour utilisateur 'root'" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Pour modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du\n" -"chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur <B>Modifier les fichiers de configuration</B>.</P>" +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" +msgstr "Re&taper le mot de passe" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Dans le tableau, chaque section représente une option\n" -"du menu d'amorçage.</P>" - -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 -msgid "" -"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Cliquez sur <B>Modifier</B> pour afficher les propriétés\n" -"de la section sélectionnée.</P>" - -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P> Cliquez sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> pour sélectionner une \n" -"section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage proposera \n" -"un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne \n" -"le kernel ou un autre système d'exploitation à amorcer. Si vous n'appuyez pas sur une touche avant le délai imparti, le \n" -"kernel ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur \n" -"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <B>Monter</B> et <B>Descendre</B>.</P>" - -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Cliquer sur <B>Ajouter</B> pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur d'amorçage\n" -"ou sur <B>Effacer</B> pour effacer la section sélectionnée.</P>" - -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage</b></big><br>\n" -"Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>- Depuis le <b>secteur maître d'amorçage</b> (MBR).\n" -"Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé\n" -" sur l'ordinateur.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" -"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Depuis le <b>Secteur d'amorçage</b> de <tt>/boot</tt> ou de la \n" -"partition <tt>/</tt> (racine). Cette option est recommandée à partir du moment où\n" -" une partition appropriée existe. Dans <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>, \n" -"sélectionnez les options <b>Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage</b> et\n" -" <b>Remplacer le MBR par du code générique</b> pour mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage\n" -" si cela est nécessaire OU configurez l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n" -" pour lancer &product;.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Depuis une <b>disquette</b>.\n" -" Utilisez cette option pour éviter le risque d'interférence avec\n" -" un mécanisme d'amorçage existant. Activez l'amorçage à partir de la disquette dans\n" -"le BIOS de votre machine pour utiliser cette option.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Depuis une <b>Autre</b> partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre système \n" -"si vous choisisssez de sélectionner cette option.</p>" - -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Par exemple, la plupart des PC possède une limite\n" -"BIOS qui restreint l'amorçage des\n" -"cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1 024. En fonction du gestionnaire d'amorçage utilisé,\n" -"vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Saisissez le nom du périphérique de partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ou\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) dans le champ adéquat.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n" -"Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage (tel que le mapping\n" -"des périphériques), cliquez sur <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Type de chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n" -"Pour choisir d'installer ou non un chargeur d'amorçage et lequel installer,\n" -"utilisez la liste <b>Chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n" -"Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez sur \n" -"<b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" -"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Configuration manuelle pour experts</B><BR>\n" -"Ici, modifiez manuellement la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage.</P>\n" -"<P>Remarque : le fichier de configuration finale peut avoir une indentation différente.</P>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" -"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nom de section</b><br>\n" -"Utilisez <b>Nom de section</b> pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur d'amorçage. Le nom de \n" -"section doit être unique.</p>" - -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Type de la nouvelle section</b></big><br>\n" -"Sélectionnez le type de la nouvelle section à créer.</p>" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section sélectionnée à cloner</b> pour cloner la section \n" -"sélectionnée. Modifiez ensuite les options à différencier de celles de la \n" -"section sélectionnée.</p>" - -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section d'image</b> pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une autre image\n" -"à charger et à lancer.</p>" - -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section XEN</b> pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre image,\n" -" à lancer cette fois dans un environnement XEN.</p>" - -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Autre système(chargeur de chaîne)</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n" -"charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous pouvez ainsi\n" -"amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section de menu</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n" -"charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis une partition du disque.\n" -"Vous pouvez ainsi amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "Ordre des disques durs : %1" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "N'installer aucun chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "N'installer aucun chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage par défaut" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage par défaut" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage" - -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "Le secteur d'amorçage de %1 a été écrit sur disquette." - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "Laissez la disquette dans le lecteur." - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonction n'est pas disponible si le chargeur \n" -"d'amorçage n'est pas précisé." - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration de votre chargeur d'amorçage sans sauvegarde ?\n" -"Toutes vos modifications seront perdues.\n" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "Vraiment supprimer la section %1 ?" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Le mot de passe ne doit pas être vide." -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -1434,645 +354,272 @@ "Les valeurs dans 'Mot de passe' et 'Retaper le mot de passe' \n" "ne sont pas identiques. Retapez le mot de passe." -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" +"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" -"Les paramètres de disque ont changé.\n" -"Vérifier les paramètres de la section %1.\n" +"<p><b>Protéger le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe</b><br>\n" +"Lors du démarrage, le mot de passe est requis lorsque vous modifiez une entrée quelconque, voire simplement lorsque vous la démarrez. Si l'option <b>Protéger uniquement la modification d'entrée</b> est sélectionnée, le démarrage d'une entrée n'est pas limité, mais le mot de passe est nécessaire pour modifier des entrées (c'est la manière dont fonctionnait GRUB 1).<br>YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le saisissez à nouveau dans le champ <b>Retapez le mot de passe</b>.</p>" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres de disque ont changé et vous avez modifié les fichiers de configuration\n" -"du chargeur d'amoçage manuellement. Vérifiez les paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage.\n" +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +msgstr "Choisir un nouveau fichier de thème graphique" -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1Définir l'emplacement par défaut du chargeur de démarrage ?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" +msgstr "Utiliser une console &graphique" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "Ne pas créer un système de fichiers" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" +msgstr "Résolution de &console" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers ext2" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" +msgstr "Thème de &console" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers FAT" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "Auto-détecter par grub2" -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" -"Le secteur d'amorçage du chargeur d'amorçage\n" -"va être écrit sur disquette. Insérez une disquette\n" -"formatée et confirmez avec OK.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Utiliser la console &série" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "Formatage de &bas niveau" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "Arguments de &console" -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "&Créer un système de fichiers" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "&Entrée de démarrage par défaut" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "Le formatage de bas niveau a échoué. Essayer encore ?" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "La création du système de fichiers a échoué." - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" +"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"Le nom sélectionné est déjà utilisé.\n" -"Faites un autre choix.\n" +"<p> En cliquant sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> vous marquez la section séléctionnée\n" +"comme par défaut. Lors du démarrage, le chargeur de démarrage fournira un menu et\n" +"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un kernel ou un système d'exploitation à amorcer.\n" +"Si aucune touche n'est pressée avant la fin du timeout, le kernel ou le\n" +"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur\n" +"de démarrage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Une erreur est survenue lors de l'installation du chargeur\n" -"d'amorçage. Recommencer la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage ?\n" +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "Impossible d'installer le chargeur d'amorçage." - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -"Avertissement !\n" -"\n" -"Le MBR actuel de %1 va maintenant être écrasé par le MBR\n" -"enregistré le %2.\n" -"\n" -"Seul le code d'amorçage du MBR sera écrasé.\n" -"La table de partition restera inchangée.\n" -"\n" -"Continuer ?\n" -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "&Oui, écraser" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "Amorcer à par&tir de la partition d'amorçage" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Section d'image</b></p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition racine" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Image du kernel</b> permet de définir le kernel à démarrer. Saisissez directement un nom ou cliquez sur <b>Parcourir</b> pour sélectionner le kernel.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Amorcer à partir du &MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Périphérique racine</b> permet de définir le périphérique à transmettre au kernel comme périphérique racine.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "Amorc&er à partir de la partition étendue" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Disque virtuel initial</b>, s'il n'est pas vide, définit le disque virtuel initial à utiliser. Saisissez un chemin et un nom de fichier\n" -"ou cliquez sur <b>Parcourir</b>pour sélectionner un fichier.</p>\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage personnalisée" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section du chargeur de chaîne</b> si vous souhaitez définir une section pour démarrer un système d'exploitation autre que Linux.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Si vous activez <b>Utiliser la protection par mot de passe</p>, vous devrez saisir un mot de passe pour sélectionner cette section.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" -msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Autre système</b> vous permet de choisir l'un des systèmes d'exploitation autres que Linux détectés sur votre ordinateur.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" -msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer cette partition lorsqu'elle est sélectionnée pour l'amorçage</b> si cette étiquette doit être activée pour que le BIOS puisse démarrer la partition.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -"<p>L'option <b>Décalage des blocs pour le chargeur de chaîne</b> permet de créer la liste des blocs à démarrer. En général, le paramètre \n" -"à spécifier ici est <code>+1</code>. Pour plus de détails sur la notation des listes de blocs, reportez-vous à la documentation du chargeur de démarrage Grub.</p>\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" +"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section XEN</b> si vous voulez ajouter un nouveau noyau Linux ou une autre image,\n" -"et la lancer dans un environnement XEN.</p>\n" +"<p><big><b>Ordre des disques</b></big><br>\n" +"Pour préciser l'ordre des disques selon l'ordre du BIOS, utilisez\n" +"les boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b> pour réorganiser les disques.\n" +"Pour ajouter un disque, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.\n" +"Pour supprimer un disque, cliquez sur <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> permet de spécifier la session d'Hypervisor à utiliser.</p>" +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "Paramètres du kernel" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Paramètres supplémentaires de l'hyperviseur Xen</b> vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre à l'hyperviseur Xen.</p>" +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "Options du code d'amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Section de menu</b></p>" +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Partition du fichier de menu</b></p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "Activer le démarrage sécurisé : %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Fichier de description de menu<b> spécifie le chemin où est chargé le fichier de menu sur l'appareil racine.</p>" +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "À cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé correctement." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Les fenêtres <b>Assigner la section sur le premier disque depuis la carte des périphériques</b> doivent généralement se trouver sur le premier disque.</p>" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "N'installer aucun chargeur d'amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" -"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>L'option <b>Mesures</b> comprend généralement des fichiers mesurés avec PCR. Vous pouvez changer la table à l'aide des options <b>Ajouter</b> , \n" -"<b>Modifier</b> et <b>Supprimer</b></p>" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Autoriser la tentative de relocalisation</b></p>\n" -"Généralement défini dans la section globale</p>" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Amorçage" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Forcer le montage en lecture seule du système de fichiers racine</b><br>\n" -"Généralement défini dans la section globale</p>" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre système pourrait ne pas être amorçable." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section de vidage</b> pour ajouter une section qui définit comment\n" -"créer un vidage du système dans une partition de disque DASD ou un périphérique de bande ou dans un\n" -" fichier sur une partition de disque SCSI.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause de la partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" +"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Reading current configuration...</P>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section de menu</b> pour ajouter un nouveau menu à la configuration.\n" -"Les sections de menu représentent la liste des tâches regroupées</p>\n" +"<P><BIG><B>Outil de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Modifiez les paramètres de votre chargeur d'amorçage.</P>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" +"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer SELinux</b> pour ajouter les paramètres du noyau nécessaires pour activer l'environnement de sécurité SELinux. \n" -"Notez que ceci désactivera AppArmor.</p>" +"<P><B><BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>" -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "Section d'image" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "Image du &noyau" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "Périphérique &racine" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "Disque virtuel &initial" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "Section du chargeur de chaîne" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "Utiliser la protection par mot de passe" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "&Autre système" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "Ne pas &vérifier le système de fichiers avant l'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "&Activer cette partition lorsqu'elle est sélectionnée pour l'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "Décalage en b&locs pour le chargement en chaîne" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "Associer la section au pre&mier disque de la carte des périphériques" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "&Hyperviseur" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "P&aramètres supplémentaires de l'hyperviseur Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "&Partition du fichier de menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "Fichier de description du &menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "&Forcer le montage du système de fichiers racine en lecture seule" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "Autoriser la tentative de &relocalisation" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "Répertoire &cible pour la section" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "Fichier de paramètre faculta&tif" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "Section de vidage (obsolète)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "&Périphérique de vidage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "Périphérique de vidage &SCSI" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "&Liste des entrées de menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "&Numéro de l'entrée par défaut" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "&Timeout en secondes" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "&Afficher le menu d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "C&opier l'image sur la partition d'amorçage" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "&Ignorer la section proprement en cas d'erreurs" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage d'un autre système" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "Un image de noyau doit être spécifiée pour la section d'image" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "Le fichier image n'existe pas actuellement. Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "Le fichier initrd n'existe pas actuellement. Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "Activer &SELinux" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "Le nom comporte un ou des caractère(s) non autorisé(s)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "Demander la résolution lors de l'amorçage." - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "Section sélectionnée à cloner" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "Autre système (chargeur de chaîne)" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "Type de section" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "&Nom de la section" - -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "À cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé correctement." - -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (ne pas installer</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (installer</a>)" - -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (ne pas installer</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (installer</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (ne pas installer</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage sur la partition \"/\" (l'y installer</a>)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement : %s" - -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "Type de chargeur d'amorçage : %1" - -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr " (\"/boot\")" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (étendue)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr " (\"/\")" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" - -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "Emplacement d'état : %1" - -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr " (par défaut)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections:<br>%1" -msgstr "Sections : <br>%1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "Ne pas installer le chargeur d'amorçage ; créer simplement les fichiers de configuration" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "Proposer et &fusionner avec les menus GRUB existants" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement n'est sélectionné pour l'étape 1 du chargeur d'amorçage. À moins que vous ne sachiez précisément ce que vous faites, sélectionnez l'emplacement ci-dessus." - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "Activer le démarrage sécurisé : %1" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "Chargeur de démarrage inconnu : %1" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Combinaison de la plate-forme matérielle %1 et du chargeur de démarrage %2 non prise en charge" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "Le démarrage à partir du secteur d'amorçage principal (MBR) ne fonctionne pas avec le système de fichiers Btrfs et l'étiquette de disque GPT sans partition bios_grub. Pour résoudre ce problème, créez une partition de ce type, utilisez un système de fichiers externe ou encore, n'effectuez pas l'étape 1 sur le MBR." +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un raid de type : %1. Le système ne démarrera pas." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Le périphérique de démarrage se trouve sur le RAID1 logiciel. Sélectionnez un autre emplacement pour le chargeur de démarrage, par exemple le secteur MBR (Master Boot Record - secteur d'amorçage principal)." -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "YaST n'a pas pu déterminer l'ordre de démarrage exact des disques nécessaires pour la carte des périphériques. Examinez et, si besoin, modifiez l'ordre de démarrage des disques dans \"Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage\"" - #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "Partition externe d'amorçage manquante. Impossible d'installer le code d'amorçage." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "L'indicateur d'activation n'est pas défini par le programme d'installation. S'il n'est pas du tout défini, certains systèmes BIOS peuvent refuser de démarrer." + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "Le programme d'installation ne va pas modifier le MBR du disque. À moins qu'il contienne déjà le code d'amorçage, le BIOS ne pourra pas démarrer le disque." + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Vérifier le chargeur d'amorçage" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Charger les paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Vérification du chargeur d'amorçage..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Chargement des paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "Paramètres du kernel ajoutés : %1" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Créer initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "Enregistrer les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Création de initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "Enregistrement des fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "Installation du chargeur d'amorçage..." - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -39,189 +39,586 @@ " " #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Serveur CIM" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'installation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Aperçu" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Expert" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'installation Live" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de mise à jour" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du matériel" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Préparation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Charger la configuration réseau linuxrc" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Configuration automatique du réseau" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bienvenue" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Activation réseau" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activation du disque" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Analyse du système" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "_Installer plus de mises à jour" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produits complémentaires" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disque" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuseau horaire" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Résumé de l'installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Procéder à l'installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Système à mettre à jour" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "Mise à jour" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Mettre à jour le résumé" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Procéder à la mise à jour" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Installation de base" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Paramètres AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du système" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Installation réussie.\n" +"Votre système est prêt à l'emploi.\n" +"Cliquez sur Terminer pour vous connecter au système.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Visitez notre site à l'adresse suivante : http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "Rôle système" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "Système par défaut" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Hôte et outils de virtualisation KVM" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Virtualisation" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration des services réseau" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Charger la configuration réseau Linuxrc" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Résumé de l'installation" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Félicitations !</b></p>\n" +"<p>L'installation d'openSUSE sur votre machine est terminée.\n" +"Après avoir cliqué sur <b>Terminer</b>, vous pourrez vous connecter au système.</p>\n" +"<p>Rendez-nous visite sur %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Bon amusement !<br>Votre équipe de développement openSUSE</p>\n" +" " + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"L'environnement de bureau de votre ordinateur fournit l'interface graphique,\n" +"ainsi qu'une suite d'applications pour la messagerie\n" +", la navigation sur le Web, la productivité bureautique, les jeux et les utilitaires, afin de\n" +"gérer votre ordinateur.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE propose un éventail d'environnements de bureau. Les plus répandus sont\n" +"GNOME et KDE,\n" +"pris en charge sous openSUSE. Ces deux environnements de bureau sont faciles à utiliser,\n" +"hautement intégrés et présentent une apparence attrayante. Chaque environnement\n" +"de bureau présente un style distinctif. Vous pouvez donc le choisir\n" +"en fonction de vos préférences." + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "Bureau GNOME" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "Bureau KDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "Fondu bureau" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "Bureau LXDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "X Window minimal" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "Bureau Enlightenment" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Sélection serveur minimal (Mode texte)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Dépôts en ligne" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Sélection du bureau" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -656,8 +656,8 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" -msgstr "Nouvelle valeur de l'horloge interne" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." +msgstr "" #. summary label #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 @@ -1013,180 +1013,185 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italien" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugais" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil - accents US)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grec" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Hollandais" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danois" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norvégien" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Suédois" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandais" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tchèque" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tchèque (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovaque" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovaque (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovène" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongrois" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polonais" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russe" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbe" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonien" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituanien" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turc" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croate" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonais" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belge" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandais" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainien" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coréen" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabe" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadjik" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chinois traditionnel" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chinois simplifié" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roumain" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "US International" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-05 19:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE \n" "Language-Team: French \n" @@ -28,12 +28,24 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Configuration de Crowbar" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "Commun pour tous" + #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "SLES 12 SP1" +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SLES 12" +msgstr "SLES 12" + #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 #, fuzzy @@ -45,11 +57,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "</p><p>\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -227,35 +239,32 @@ msgstr "Adresse &IP" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Demander sur erreur" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "Plateforme cible" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Architecture" - #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" @@ -265,21 +274,21 @@ "Choisissez un autre nom." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "&URL de serveur" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93 #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Nom du dépôt" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "&Ask On Error" @@ -287,78 +296,70 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "&URL du dépôt" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "Un URL vide signifie que la valeur par défaut sera utilisée." #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 #, fuzzy msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "A&jouter un dépôt" -# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38 #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local NTP Server" -msgid "Local SMT Server" -msgstr "Serveur local NTP" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "Serveur SMT à distance" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 #, fuzzy msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "Serveur SUSE Manager" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personnalisation" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot de passe" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the Password" msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Répéter le mot de passe" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "Le nom de l'utilisateur ne peut pas être vide." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -368,7 +369,7 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__102 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -382,7 +383,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__190 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" @@ -390,13 +391,13 @@ # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6 #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "désactivé" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__191 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgid "" @@ -409,7 +410,7 @@ # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__10 #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgid "" @@ -421,7 +422,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__190 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgid "" @@ -432,14 +433,14 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "L'adresse du routeur '%1' ne fait pas partie du réseau '%2'." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" @@ -448,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "L'adresse '%1' ne fait pas partie du réseau '%2'." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -457,20 +458,20 @@ "Adaptez-les en utilisant le bouton 'Modifier des plages'." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP minimum" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP maximum" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" @@ -479,40 +480,40 @@ msgstr "L'adresse '%1' ne fait pas partie du réseau '%2'." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 #, fuzzy msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Les plages '%1' et '%2' se chevauchent." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__309 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Paramètres &Utilisateur" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "Si aucun utilisateur n'est présent, l'utilisateur 'crowbar' avec un mot de passe par défaut sera utilisé." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Mod&e réseau" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" @@ -520,7 +521,7 @@ # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network" msgid "Net&works" @@ -528,14 +529,14 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Dépôts" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" @@ -550,7 +551,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__121 #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" @@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__194 #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" @@ -632,7 +633,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228 #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" @@ -640,20 +641,20 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318 #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration..." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26 #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__286 #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" @@ -661,25 +662,17 @@ # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Common for All" -#~ msgstr "Commun pour tous" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SLES 12" -#~ msgstr "SLES 12" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" #~ "currently not supported.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -370,9 +370,9 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valeur" @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" @@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Redirecteurs" @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" @@ -480,14 +480,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Serveur de messagerie" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Priorité" @@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "Zones DNS" @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Support &LDAP actif" @@ -597,131 +597,88 @@ msgstr "Configuration pour &experts du serveur DNS..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "Serveur DNS" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "Appliquer les modifications" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "Démarrage" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "Options de base" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "Journalisation" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "ACL" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "Clés TSIG" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Stratégie de résolution du DNS local" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "La fusion des redirecteurs est désactivée." #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Fusion automatique" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "La fusion des redirecteurs est activée" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Configuration personnalisée" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Stratégie personnalisée" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Redirecteur de résolution de DNS local" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Utilisation des serveurs de nom système" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Ce serveur de noms (liaison)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Serveur dnsmasq local" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Ajouter une adresse IP" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "A&dresse IPv4 ou IPv6" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Liste de redirecteurs" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Impossible de régler le redirecteur local sur %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'équivalent local pour l'IP %1." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -732,11 +689,11 @@ "été remplacée par son équivalent local %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Adresse IPv4 ou IPv6 incorrecte." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -745,46 +702,46 @@ "deux-points (:)." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Le redirecteur spécifié est déjà présent." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Ajouter ou modifier une option" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&ption" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valeur" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "C&hanger" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Options actuelles" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Option" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -793,7 +750,7 @@ "option sans aucune valeur ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -802,7 +759,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %2 ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -811,7 +768,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %2 ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -820,7 +777,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %1 ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -829,7 +786,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %1 ?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -838,77 +795,77 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment en ajouter une ?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Type de journal" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "Journal &système" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fichier" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "&Taille maximale (Mo)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "&Versions maximales" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Journalisations additionnelles" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Journaliser toutes les &requêtes DNS" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Journaliser les &mises à jour de zone" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Journaliser les &transferts de zone" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier pour la journalisation" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Configuration des options" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nom" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Liste ACL actuelle" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -917,12 +874,12 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment la supprimer ?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "L'entrée ACL spécifiée existe déjà." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle zone " @@ -931,8 +888,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Maître" @@ -942,9 +899,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Esclave" @@ -953,34 +910,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Direct" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Zones DNS configurées" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "La zone dont le nom a été spécifié est déjà configurée." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "L'enregistrement de la configuration a échoué." #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -988,40 +945,83 @@ "Toutes les modifications seront perdues.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du serveur DNS sans enregistrer ?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Appliquer les modifications" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "Démarrage" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "Options de base" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Journalisation" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "ACL" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "Clés TSIG" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "A&utoriser les mises à jour dynamiques" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clé TSIG" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Activer transport de &zone" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Générer des enregistrements a&utomatiquement à partir de" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Zon&e" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Zones inverses connectées" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1030,34 +1030,34 @@ "la préparation de l'autoinstallation.\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "Aucune clé TSIG n'est définie." #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Serveur de &noms à ajouter" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Liste des serveurs de no&m" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "Le serveur de noms spécifié existe déjà." #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Serveur de messagerie à ajouter" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" @@ -1065,116 +1065,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Priorité" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Liste des relais de messagerie" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide." #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "Le serveur de messagerie spécifié existe déjà." #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Secondes" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutes" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Heures" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Jours" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Semaines" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "Séquenti&el" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Unité" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Ac&tualiser" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Un&ité" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Réessa&yer" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Ex&piration" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "U&nité" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Uni&té" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Le numéro de série de la zone doit être spécifié." #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "Le numéro de série ne doit pas dépasser %1 chiffres." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1189,104 +1189,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "Clé d'&enregistrement" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&ype" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "Vale&ur" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Service" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocole" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Poids" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A : traduction de nom de domaine IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA : traduction de nom de domaine IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME : alias pour le nom de domaine" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS : serveur de noms" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX : relais de messagerie" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR : traduction inverse" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV : enregistrement de services" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT : enregistrement de texte" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF : Sender Policy Framework" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'enregistrement" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Enregistrements de ressources configurés" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Clé d'enregistrement" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1299,13 +1299,13 @@ "soit dans la forme relative à la zone actuelle." #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Adresse IPv6 incorrecte." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1326,72 +1326,66 @@ "Ce message a une longueur de %{current} caractères." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME ne peut pas pointer vers lui-même." #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Une erreur interne s'est produite." #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Éditeur de zone" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Basiques" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "Enregistremen&ts NS" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "Enr&egistrements" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "Enregistrements M&X" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Paramètres pour la zone" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "A&vancé" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Au moins un serveur NS doit être défini." @@ -1399,7 +1393,7 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." @@ -1408,17 +1402,17 @@ "Pour modifier les enregistrements manuellement, désactivez la fonctionnalité Générer des enregistrements automatiquement à partir de." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP du serveur DNS &maître" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Serveur maître manquant" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1429,32 +1423,32 @@ "Si vous continuez, la zone en cours sera supprimée." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Aucun serveur DNS maître n'est défini." #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "Le serveur de noms maître spécifié n'est pas une adresse IP valide." #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Nouvelle adresse IP du &réachemineur" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Réachemineurs de &zone actuels" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Éditeur de zone de réacheminement" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2495,56 +2489,56 @@ msgstr "&Relais de messagerie" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du serveur DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Vérifier l'environnement " #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Purger les caches du daemon DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres du pare-feu" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Vérification de l'environnement... " #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Purge des caches du daemon DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du pare-feu..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2553,72 +2547,72 @@ "Erreur : " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Enregistrer les fichiers de configuration" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Redémarrer le daemon DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Mettre à jour les fichiers de zone" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Ajuster le service DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Appeler netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du pare-feu" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Enregistrement des fichiers de configuration..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Redémarrage du daemon DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Mise à jour des fichiers de zone..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Ajustement du service DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Appel de netconfig..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2627,43 +2621,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Remarque" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "Le serveur DNS démarre lors de l'amorçage du système." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "Le serveur DNS ne démarre pas à l'amorçage du système." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Zones configurées : %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Configuration LDAP incorrecte. Impossible d'utiliser LDAP." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Activer le support LDAP ?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2672,26 +2666,26 @@ "Le support LDAP ne sera pas actif." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Erreur d'initialisation LDAP inconnue." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant la création de %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP non utilisé." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant la mise à jour de %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de %1. LDAP non utilisé." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,6 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "Chemin d'accès" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "État" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "&Quitter" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "Le commentaire contient" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Dépôt" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Balise" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "Auteur" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "message" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "A&nnuler" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -55,14 +159,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Exécution de conteneurs Docker" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Dépôt" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "Balise" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "ID d'image" @@ -83,15 +179,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "Image" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Commande" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "État" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Ports" @@ -127,10 +219,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Valider" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "&Quitter" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer l'image \"%s\" ?" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "Conteneur" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "Hôte" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "Conteneur" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Ajouter" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "Supprimer" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "Volume" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "Sélectionner un répertoire" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "Sélectionner un répertoire" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" @@ -248,13 +248,12 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>Le champ \"Nom\" est obligatoire et doit correspondre au nom d'hôte Linux (uname -n) de l'un des noeuds. \".\" ne doit pas être inclus dans le nom d'hôte.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Adresse:Port\" : une ressource nécessite une adresse IP par périphérique, qui est utilisée pour attendre que les connexions entrantes du périphérique partenaire atteignent le périphérique. Chaque ressource DRBD requiert un port TCP qui est utilisé pour se connecter au périphérique partenaire du noeud.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Périphérique\" : nom du noeud du périphérique de bloc pour la ressource décrite. Vous devez utiliser ce périphérique avec votre application (système de fichiers) et vous ne devez pas utiliser le périphérique de bloc de bas niveau qui est indiqué avec le paramètre de disque, suivi de son numéro mineur. Sinon, vous pouvez omettre le nom, ou le nom mineur et son numéro. Si vous omettez le nom, une valeur par défaut de /dev/drbd'numéro mineur' est utilisée.\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Nom\" : champ obligatoire qui doit correspondre au nom d'hôte Linux (uname -n) de l'un des noeuds. Le nom d'hôte ne peut pas inclure \".\".</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Adresse:Port\" : une ressource nécessite une adresse IP par périphérique, qui est utilisée pour attendre que les connexions entrantes du périphérique partenaire atteignent le périphérique. Chaque ressource DRBD requiert un port TCP qui est utilisé pour se connecter au périphérique partenaire du noeud.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Périphérique\" : nom du noeud du périphérique de bloc pour la ressource qui est décrite. Vous devez utiliser ce périphérique avec votre application (système de fichiers) et vous ne devez pas utiliser le périphérique de bloc de bas niveau qui est indiqué avec le paramètre de disque, suivi de son nombre mineur. Sinon, vous pouvez omettre le nom ou le mot mineur et son nombre. Si vous omettez le nom, /dev/drbd'nombre mineur' sera utilisé par défaut.\n" "\t\tPar exemple : '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' ou '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disque\" : le périphérique DRBD utilise ce périphérique de bloc pour stocker et récupérer les données. N'accédez jamais à ce type de périphérique lorsqu'un périphérique DRBD y est exécuté.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Méta-disque\" : interne. Interne signifie que la dernière partie du périphérique de support est utilisée pour stocker les métadonnées.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": l'ID de noeud est une valeur interne pour drbd qui est générée automatiquement par yast. Un hôte peut avoir un \"node-id\" différent dans différentes ressources.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Méta-disque\" : interne, ce qui signifie que la dernière partie du périphérique de support est utilisée pour stocker les métadonnées.</p>\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 @@ -511,67 +510,86 @@ msgstr "Avertissement : lvmetad ne doit pas être utilisé pour la grappe." #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Nom de la ressource" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 msgid "Nodes" msgstr "Nœuds" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Modifier" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Effacer" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "Enregistrer" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocole" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuler" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Le nom du noeud ne peut pas être vide." +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "Saisissez une adresse IP valide." + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "Entrez un nom de groupe valide" + #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Les noms de noeud ne peuvent pas inclure \".\" dans le nom d'hôte local." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Renseignez tous les champs." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configurez au moins deux noeuds." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Entrez le nom d'un noeud :" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Le nom du noeud doit être différent." @@ -678,70 +696,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "La fusion de fichiers conf DRBD séparés a échoué\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "L'écriture de drbd.conf.YaST2prepare a échoué." #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres globaux" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Lire les ressources" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Lire les configurations LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Lire l'état du daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres globaux..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Lecture des ressources..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Lecture des configurations LVM…" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lecture de l'état du daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "La sauvegarde de drbd.conf a échoué." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Le nettoyage de drbd.conf pour le test drbdadm a échoué." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -749,12 +767,12 @@ "Configuration non valide de la ressource %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "La récupération de drbd.conf a échoué." #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Écriture de la configuration DRBD" @@ -762,46 +780,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres globaux" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Écrire les ressources" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Écrire les configurations LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Détecter l'état du daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres globaux..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Écriture des ressources..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Écriture des configurations LVM…" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Détection de l'état du daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Écriture des paramètres SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Échec de la création du répertoire /etc/drbd.d" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -526,33 +526,33 @@ msgstr "<p>Voulez-vous l'installer maintenant ?</p>" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le service 'lldpad'." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le service 'fcoe'." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le socket systemd lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le service lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le socket systemd fcoemon." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le service fcoe." #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -563,112 +563,112 @@ "FCoE VLAN pour avoir une configuration valide." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du client FCoE" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Vérifier les paquetages installés" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Vérifier les services" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Détecter les cartes réseau" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Lire /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Vérification des paquetages installés..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Vérification des services..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Détection des cartes réseau..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Lecture de /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Le lancement des services a échoué." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Impossible de détecter les périphériques." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Impossible de lire /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client FCoE" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Redémarrer le service FCoE" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Régler le lancement des services" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Redémarrage du service FCoE..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Réglage du lancement des services..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres dans /etc/fcoe/config" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -677,42 +677,42 @@ "Pour les détails, voir /var/log/YaST2/y2log." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Le redémarrage du service FCoE a échoué." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les fichiers /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Configuration générale de FCoE</b>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Interfaces</b>" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Carte réseau</i> :" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Lancement des services</b>" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activé" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "désactivé" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,6 +14,16 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -174,7 +184,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Niveau de journalisation" @@ -696,7 +706,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Réseau source" @@ -707,8 +717,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocole" @@ -762,28 +772,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP requis" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Port requis" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Redir. vers IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Redir. vers port" @@ -903,10 +913,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" @@ -1406,217 +1416,219 @@ msgstr "Sélectionner l'élément à supprimer." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Paramètres de démarrage" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Zones de pare-feu connues" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Configuration des interfaces réseau" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Services, ports et protocoles autorisés" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Paramètres de paquetages de diffusion générale" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Paramètres de masquage" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Rediriger les requêtes vers l'IP masquée" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Paramètres de journalisation" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du pare-feu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Active le pare-feu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Désactive le pare-feu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Afficher les paramètres actuels" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Démarrer le pare-feu lors du processus d'amorçage" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Démarrer le pare-feu manuellement" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Répertorier les entrées configurées" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Nom court de zone" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel enregistrement" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Supprimer un enregistrement" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Nom de la configuration de l'interface réseau" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Journalisation des paquetages acceptés (all|crit|none)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Journalisation des paquetages non acceptés (all|crit|none)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Journalisation des paquetages de diffusion générale (yes|no)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Définir valeur" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Service de pare-feu connu ; services multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port TCP ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port UDP ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nom de port RPC ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "Nom de protocole RPC ; protocoles multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Définir la protection de la zone (yes|no)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Informations détaillées" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Activer l'option" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Désactiver l'option" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Réseau source tel que 0/0 ou 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protocole (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP externe requis (optionnel)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port requis" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Rediriger vers l'IP interne" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Rediriger vers le port sur l'IP interne (optionnel)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Numéro d'enregistrement" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Utiliser des noms de port à la place des numéros de port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Zone inconnue %1." @@ -1629,180 +1641,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Le paramètre %1 doit être défini." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Liste des zones de pare-feu connues :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Raccourci" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nom de zone" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Résumé :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Un seul paramètre est autorisé." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Démarrage :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Activation du pare-feu à l'amorçage..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Suppression du pare-feu du processus d'amorçage..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "Le pare-feu est activé dans le processus d'amorçage" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "Le pare-feu nécessite un démarrage manuel" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Interfaces réseau dans les zones de pare-feu :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Chaîne de pare-feu spéciale" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interface" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nom du périphérique" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Ajout de la chaîne spéciale %1 dans la zone %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Ajout de l'interface %1 dans la zone %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Suppression de la chaîne spéciale %1 de la zone %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Suppression de l'interface %1 de la zone %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Tout journaliser" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Ne journaliser que ce qui est critique" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "Ne rien journaliser" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Paramètres de journalisation globaux :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Type de règle" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valeur" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Accepté" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "Non accepté" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Journalisation des paquetages de diffusion générale :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Journalisation activée" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Journalisation désactivée" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Short" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "État de la journalisation" @@ -1811,167 +1823,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "La valeur %1 n'est pas autorisée pour l'option %2." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Ports de diffusion générale acceptés :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Une seule commande action est autorisée ici." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Services de pare-feu définis :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Nom du service" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "Port TCP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "Port UDP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "Port RPC" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "Protocole IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Services autorisés dans les zones :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Tous les services" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Zone entière non protégée" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "ID Service" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Ports autorisés supplémentaires :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Tous les ports" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Protocoles IP additionnels autorisés dans le zones :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Tous les protocoles IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "Protocole IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Service inconnu %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "La protection peut uniquement être définie pour les zones internes." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Au moins une de %1 doit être défini." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Au moins une commande d'action de %1 doit être définie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Rediriger les requêtes vers l'IP masquée :" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Nom de port inconnu %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Paramètres de masquage :" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "Masquage %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activé" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "désactivé" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Il n'y a pas assez d'espace pour installer tous les paquetages supplémentaires." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast-font\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 19:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n" "Language-Team: français \n" @@ -22,61 +22,61 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "Polices bitmap" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "Contrairement aux « polices vectorielles » (polices décrites mathématiquement par des courbes ; type de polices privilégié dans les autres profils), les « polices bitmap » représentent un groupe de polices qui contiennent un bitmap pour chaque glyphe et taille. Ainsi, un nombre limité de tailles existe pour chaque police. Elles sont très rapides à afficher, parce qu'elles ne nécessitent pas de calculs, et elles sont considérées comme plus lisibles, en particulier pour les petites tailles (certaines polices vectorielles contiennent même des « bitmaps intégrés », une version en bitmap de la police pour les petites tailles). Les polices bitmap sont affichées en noir et blanc, sans lissage." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "Rendu en noir et blanc" # stem est employé ici dans un contexte typographique. # Il peut être traduit par fût, hampe, haste ou montant. -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "Polices affichées sans anticrénelage (lissage par niveaux de gris), en noir et blanc. À la différence des polices lissées, elles sont bien plus lisibles et n'ont pas les inconvénients du lissage (flou, fûts inégaux etc.). Combiné avec des polices bien optimisées (par exemple Libération 1), ce paramètre peut donner des polices de qualité bitmap tout en maintenant la capacité d'agrandissement." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "Rendu en noir et blanc pour polices à chasse fixe" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "Les polices à chasse fixe ne sont pas lissées. Les autres polices (sans-serif, sans et les non-spécifiées) utiliseront le réglage par défaut. La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" msgstr "Par défaut" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "Les polices sont lissées avec un anticrénelage. Contrairement aux polices affichées en noir et blanc, ce paramètre peut produire de « belles » polices, quelquefois au détriment de la lisibilité. Les polices TrueType, qui sont connues pour avoir de bonnes instructions d'optimisations, sont affichées avec un interpréteur de bytecode ; sinon, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé sur le niveau d'optimisation « hintslight ». Utiliser les instructions d'optimisations natives des polices permet de produire des glyphes qui seront affichés avec des fûts plus fins. La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée (les polices TrueType avec de bonnes instructions sont préférées)." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "Polices CFF" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "Étant donné la contribution d'Adobe à la bibliothèque FreeType, les polices CFF peuvent être considérées comme un bon compromis entre lisibilité et lissage des glyphes." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "Rendu avec optimiseur automatique exclusif" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "Contrairement au profil par défaut, même pour les polices bien optimisées, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé (sur le niveau « hintslight »). Cela conduit à des glyphes plus épais, mais quelquefois plus flous (et donc moins lisibles). La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "Rendu sous-pixel" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "Utiliser la capacité de rendu sous-pixel du moniteur LCD. Nécessite la bibliothèque FreeType compilée avec le support du rendu sous-pixel." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" @@ -112,17 +112,17 @@ msgstr "arbitre" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Modifier" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Effacer" @@ -250,87 +250,87 @@ msgstr "le ticket ne peut pas être vide" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Saisissez l'adresse IP de votre arbitre." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Modifier l'adresse IP de votre arbitre" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Entrer l'adresse IP de votre site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Modifier l'adresse IP de votre site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Le nom du ticket existe déjà !" #. Validation check before switch to authentication #. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Le nom de la configuration ne peut pas être vide." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Le nom de la configuration ne peut pas être un doublon." #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "le port est non valide !" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "le transport doit être renseigné !" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "l'arbitre doit être renseigné !" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "le site doit être renseigné !" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "le ticket doit être renseigné !" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Le fichier d'authentification n'a pas pu être créé. " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "Fichier d'authentification" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " a été créé." #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Sélection de la configuration GeoCluster" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Choisissez le fichier de configuration :" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "L'option 'id' ne peut pas être combinée avec d'autres options." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "État" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Attente" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Utilisateur" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Serveur" @@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ msgstr "Arrêt" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Oui" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Non" @@ -160,127 +160,127 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "Le paquetage %1 va être installé durant le processus d'écriture." #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "Le paquetage %1 n'a pas été installé. Le service ne peut pas être modifié." #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Le paquetage %1 a été correctement installé." #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Activer tous les services" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Désactiver tous les services" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "D&ésactiver" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Acti&ver" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Services actuellement disponibles" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Canal" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocole" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Serveur / Args" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Ajouter" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Modifier" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Effacer" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "État &interrupteur à bascule (Activé ou Désactivé)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "État pour tous les &services" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuration de services de réseau (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle entrée service" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "Ce service ne peut pas être effacé. Il n'est pas installé." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Pour effacer un service, sélectionnez-le dans le dialogue principal" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver un service, sélectionnez-le dans le dialogue principal." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Modifier une entrée service" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Pour modifier un service, sélectionnez-le dans le dialogue principal" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -289,54 +289,54 @@ "Le superserveur Internet sera désactivé." #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Service" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "Versio&n RPC" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "Le service est &actif." #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "T&ype de socket" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocole" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Attente" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Utilisateur" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Groupe" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&erveur" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Argumen&ts serveur" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mmentaire" @@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--par défaut--" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -366,12 +366,12 @@ "Entrez des valeurs correctes.\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "Le nom du service comporte le caractère non autorisé \"/\"." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "L'utilisateur %1 est réservé uniquement aux processus du serveur interne." @@ -650,57 +650,57 @@ msgstr "Initialisation..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Lire la configuration" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer les paramètres !" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>Tous les services sont marqués comme arrêtés.</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Services réseau" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Les services de réseau sont administrés via %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Ces services vont être activés" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -111,29 +111,29 @@ "différent de ceux représentés dans le manuel.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Démarrer le service %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Démarrage du service %1..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Ajustement des paramètres réseau" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Les paramètres réseau sont en cours d'ajustement." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ "Remarque : il se peut que vous deviez entrer de nouveau certaines informations." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Démarrage de l'installation..." @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "Inclusion des périphériques sur la liste noire..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copie des fichiers dans le système installé..." @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "Mises à jour pour %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produit inconnu" @@ -513,14 +513,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Notes de version..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -584,44 +584,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de licence" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Lang&ue" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Disposition du clavier" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "J'&accepte les conditions de la licence" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#. !/usr/bin/env rspec -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287 -#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Vous devez accepter la licence pour installer ce produit." +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "" + #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Test du &clavier" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "&Traductions de la licence..." @@ -737,16 +742,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Déploiement des images..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -755,7 +760,7 @@ "Abandon de l'installation...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -764,20 +769,20 @@ "YaST ouvrira un gestionnaire de logiciels pour que vous vérifiez l'état actuel des paquets." #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Téléchargement de l'image à la vitesse de %1/s" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Téléchargement de l'image %1 à la vitesse de %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Déploiement de l'image..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Déploiement de l'image %1..." @@ -794,11 +799,11 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Disque à utiliser" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "Sélectionnez le disque sur lequel l'image sera déployée. Toutes les données présentes sur ce disque seront effacées et celui-ci sera partitionné comme prévu dans l'image." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Disque dur à utiliser pour le déploiement de l'image" @@ -874,71 +879,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Afficher les mises à jour de &paquets" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "Appel de l'étape %1..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "Erreur d'installation" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "L'installation de base touche à sa fin" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Création de la liste des scripts de finalisation à appeler..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Terminé" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copie des fichiers sur le système installé" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Enregistrement des paramètres d'installation" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installation du gestionnaire d'amorçage" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Préparation du système pour le démarrage initial" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "Le serveur retourne des données incorrectes." + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Vérification de l'étape : %1..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "Appel de l'étape %1..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Terminé" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "Erreur d'installation" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1129,7 +1137,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installation des paquetages..." @@ -1163,7 +1171,7 @@ "résumé des nouvelles fonctionnalités et des modifications.</p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aucunes notes de version n'ont été installées.</p>" @@ -1188,88 +1196,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analyse de l'ordinateur" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Détecter les périphériques USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Détection des périphériques USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Détecter les périphériques FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Test des périphériques FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Tester les lecteurs de disquettes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Test des lecteurs de disquettes..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Détecter les contrôleurs de disque dur" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Détection des contrôleurs du disque dur..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Charger les modules du kernel pour les contrôleurs de disque dur" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Chargement des modules du kernel pour les contrôleurs du disque dur..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Détecter les disques durs" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Détection des disques durs..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Rechercher les fichiers système" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Recherche des fichiers système..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initialiser le gestionnaire de logiciels" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initialisation du gestionnaire de logiciels..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Détection du système" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les systèmes installés." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1278,7 +1286,7 @@ "Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1288,7 +1296,7 @@ "Vérifiez votre matériel.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1299,7 +1307,7 @@ "ultérieurement. (particulièrement sur des systèmes S/390 ou iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1312,7 +1320,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1321,7 +1329,7 @@ "Abandon de l'installation." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1332,7 +1340,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1342,20 +1350,35 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 msgid "" -"Downloading installer updates from \n" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" "failed.\n" "\n" -"Would you like to check your network configuration?" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" -"Le téléchargement des mises à jour du programme d'installation à partir de \n" -"%s\n" -"a échoué.\n" -"\n" -"Voulez-vous vérifier votre configuration réseau ?" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 @@ -1626,7 +1649,7 @@ "à la configuration de base du système.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Pas de workflow défini pour ce mode d'installation." @@ -1700,6 +1723,22 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration matérielle..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1767,6 +1806,30 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Copie des journaux dans le système installé..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Périphérique" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration du support" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." @@ -1985,13 +2048,8 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Activation de l'administration à distance..." -#. skip forward or backward -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48 -msgid "System Role" -msgstr "Rôle système" - #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "La modification du rôle système risque d'annuler les éventuels ajustements que vous avez effectués." @@ -2006,6 +2064,35 @@ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Création de l'instantané du système de fichiers racine…" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." @@ -2070,12 +2157,12 @@ #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Impossible de lire les informations concernant les images d'installation" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Déploiement..." @@ -2083,19 +2170,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Stockage des préférences utilisateur..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Restauration des préférences utilisateur..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -60,25 +60,25 @@ msgstr "Changer le support" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Insérer le CD %1 puis cliquez pour continuer." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Sélectionner l'image ISO %1 puis cliquer pour continuer." #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Insérer le CD %1 de %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Sélectionner l'image ISO %1 de %2." #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ "%1" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Sélectionner %1" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -105,63 +105,63 @@ "Sélectionnez d'abord le support du produit de base." #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Copie du contenu du CD dans le répertoire local" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Cette opération peut prendre un certain temps..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Erreur lors du déplacement du contenu du dépôt." #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du dépôt" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Lire le support &CD ou DVD" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "&Source des données" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "Utiliser des images &ISO" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "Répe&rtoire avec images CD :" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "Sélectionner un &répertoire" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Sélectionner un répertoire" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Nom du serveur d'installation manquant." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ "Pas de copie des CD." #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -179,20 +179,20 @@ "CD de paquetages supplémentaires, etc.) au dépôt ?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "&Nom du dépôt :" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "A&nnoncer comme service d'installation avec SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Nom de dépôt non valide." #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ "entrez un autre nom." #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ "est accessible en écriture et réessayez.\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -229,87 +229,87 @@ "Vraiment supprimer l'ancien contenu et le créer à partir de zéro ?" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Configuration initiale -- Configuration initiale" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "Ne configurer aucun des services ré&seau" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Répe&rtoire qui doit contenir les dépôts :" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Configurer comme un dépôt HTTP" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Configurer comme dépôt FTP" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Configurer comme dépôt NFS" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Chemin du répertoire pour le serveur d'installation manquant." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Serveur d'installation -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Caractère joker &hôte" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Options" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Erreur lors de la configuration de NFS." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Serveur d'installation -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Répertoire racine du serveur &FTP :" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "Alias du &répertoire :" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Erreur lors de la configuration de FTP." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Serveur d'installation -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "Alias du &répertoire" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Erreur durant la création de la configuration HTTPD." @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ "cliquez respectivement sur <b>Modifier</b> ou <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -673,72 +673,72 @@ "Laisser les exports NFS non modifiés ?\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Lire le fichier de configuration" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Rechercher un nouveau dépôt" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Lecture du fichier de configuration..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Recherche d'un nouveau dépôt..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Impossible de lire les paramètres actuels." #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur d'installation" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Exécuter SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Exécution de SuSEconfig..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Dépôts configurés" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -104,13 +104,12 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Modifier" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" +msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Déconnecter" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 @@ -122,9 +121,6 @@ msgstr "Découverte" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Se connecter" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Connecter" @@ -165,58 +161,73 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "Démarrage" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "manuel" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "automatique" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clé" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valeur" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Cibles connectées" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Cibles découvertes" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Présentation de l'initiateur iSCSI" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Initiateur iSCSI</h1>" #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Identification de l'initiateur iSCSI" @@ -325,34 +336,28 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Liste des sessions en cours. Pour ajouter une nouvelle cible, sélectionnez-la et cliquez\n" -"sur <b>Ajouter</b>. Pour en supprimer une, cliquez sur <b>Déconnecter</b>.\n" -"Pour modifier l'état du démarrage, cliquez sur <b>Basculer</b>.\n" +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Liste des sessions en cours.</p><p>Utilisez le bouton <b>Ajouter</b> pour obtenir des cibles supplémentaires. Une découverte est lancée pour détecter de nouvelles cibles et le mode de démarrage des cibles déjà connectées reste identique.<br>Utilisez l'option <b>Déconnecter</b> pour annuler la connexion et supprimer la cible de la liste.<br>Pour modifier l'état de démarrage, appuyez sur <b>Modifier</b>.</p>" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Avertissement</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Pour accéder à un périphérique iSCSI en <b>LECTURE</b>/<b>ÉCRITURE</b>, vérifiez que cet accès est exclusif. Sinon, il existe un risque potentiel de corruption des données.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>La valeur <b>InitiatorName</b> est tirée de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"Si vous utilisez iBFT, cette valeur est ajoutée à la valeur issue de ce dernier et vous ne pouvez la modifier que dans la configuration du BIOS.</p>" +"<p><b>Nom de l'initiateur</b> est une valeur provenant de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Si vous utilisez iBFT, cette valeur est ajoutée à partir de cet emplacement et vous ne pouvez la modifier que dans la configuration du BIOS.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" @@ -360,24 +365,20 @@ "Si vous voulez utiliser <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) pour découvrir des cibles au lieu de la méthode par défaut 'SendTargets',\n" "remplissez l'adresse IP et le port du serveur iSNS. Le port par défaut est 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" +"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" -"Entrez l'<b>Adresse IP</b> du serveur identifié.\n" -"Ne modifiez le <b>Port</b> que si c'est nécessaire. Pour l'authentification, utilisez le <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et le <b>Mot de passe</b>. Si l'authentification n'est pas nécessaire,\n" -" sélectionnez <b>Pas d'authentification</b>\n" +"Saisissez l'<b>adresse IP</b> du serveur cible iSCSI.\n" +"Ne modifiez le <b>Port</b> que si cela s'avère nécessaire. Pour l'authentification, utilisez <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et <b>Mot de passe</b>. Si l'authentification n'est pas nécessaire, \n" +"sélectionnez <b>Aucune authentification</b>.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " msgstr "Liste des nœuds proposés par la cible iSCSI. Sélectionnez un élément et cliquez sur <b>Connecter</b>. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "Sélectionnez le type d'authentification et entrez le <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et le <b>Mot de passe</b>." - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Démarrage</h1>" @@ -398,12 +399,20 @@ "<p>L'option <b>automatic</b> (automatique) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à connecter lorsque le service iSCSI\n" "démarre.</p>\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Authentification</h1>" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." -msgstr "Liste des cibles identifiées. Lancez une nouvelle <b>découverte</b> ou <b>connectez</b> l'une des cibles." +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Le paramètre par défaut est ici <i>Aucune authentification</i>. Désactivez la case à cocher si l'authentification est nécessaire pour des raisons de sécurité. Entrez le <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et le <b>Mot de passe</b> pour 'Authentification entrante', 'Authentification sortante' ou les deux.</p><p><b>Remarque :</b><br>'Authentification entrante' est mis en corrélation ici avec 'Authentification sortante' du côté du serveur cible iSCSI, et inversement.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cet écran affiche la liste des cibles découvertes.</p><p>Utilisez le bouton <b>Découverte</b> pour obtenir les cibles iSCSI disponibles d'un serveur spécifié par une adresse IP.<br><b>Connectez-vous</b> à une cible pour établir la connexion. Si la connexion est établie, la colonne <i>Connecté</i> affiche l'état 'True' et la cible apparaît sur l'écran <i>Cibles connectées</i>.<br>Pour supprimer une cible, utilisez le bouton <b>Supprimer</b>.<br> <b>Astuce :</b> la suppression de cibles n'est possible que pour celles qui sont déconnectées. Si nécessaire, effectuez d'abord une <b>déconnexion</b> au niveau de l'écran <i>Cibles connectées</i>.</p><p><b>Remarque :</b> Un nouveau lancement du processus <b>Découverte</b> signifie l'exécution d'une nouvelle découverte des cibles, ce qui risque de modifier le mode de démarrage des cibles déjà connectées (sur la valeur par défaut 'manuel'). Basculez vers l'écran <i>Cibles connectées</i> et utilisez le bouton <b>Ajouter</b> si vous souhaitez ajouter de nouvelles cibles sans modifier le mode de démarrage.</p>" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -438,47 +447,58 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la déconnexion de la cible sélectionnée." -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "Enregistrement introuvable." #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "Aucune adresse IP correcte" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "Le champ Port doit être renseigné" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "Nom d'initiateur incorrect" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -"Paramètre InitiatorName incorrect\n" -"La syntaxe correcte est :\n" -"iqn.aaaa-mm.nom.de.domaine.inversé[:identifiant]\n" -"ou eui.aaaa-mm.nom.de.domaine.inversé[:identifiant]\n" "\n" -"Exemple :\n" -"iqn.2007-04.fr.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"La syntaxe correcte est la suivante :\n" +"iqn.aaaa-mm.nom.domaine.inversé[:identificateur]\n" +"ou eui.aaaa-mm.nom.domaine.inversé[:identificateur]\n" +"\n" +"Exemple :\n" +"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Voulez-vous utiliser le nom ?\n" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Insérez l'adresse IP." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Insérez le port." @@ -486,36 +506,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Vrai" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Faux" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "La cible associée à ce paramètre TargetName est déjà connectée. Vérifiez que la transmission multichemin est activée pour éviter toute corruption des données." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuer" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuler" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "La cible est déjà connectée." @@ -604,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "tout" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -616,7 +636,13 @@ "copie de sauvegarde sera créée. Si vous souhaitez utiliser un autre paramètre initiatorname,\n" "modifiez-le dans le BIOS.\n" +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "Échec de la connexion à la cible.\n" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Résumé de la configuration..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'authentification" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "Numéro d'unité logique (LUN)" @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Effacer" @@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Pas d'authentification" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Authentification entrante" @@ -159,22 +159,22 @@ #. dialog to add/modify user and password #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot de passe" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Authentification sortante" @@ -415,11 +415,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" " If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En sélectionnant <b>Modifier le numéro d'unité logique</b>, vous pouvez modifier l'assignation de ce numéro (LUN). Notez que le numéro cible LUN doit être unique.<br>Après avoir appuyé sur <b>Modifier l'authentification</b>, sélectionnez un type d'authentification. Utilisez <b>Entrant</b>, <b>Sortant</b> ou les deux. Entrez ensuite un nom d'<b>utilisateur</b> et un <b>mot de passe</b>. Veillez à définir des valeurs différentes pour l'authentification entrante et sortante.\n" -" Si l'option <b>Utiliser l'authentification</b> est désactivée dans la boîte de dialogue précédente, l'option <b>Modifier l'authentification</b> est désactivée ici.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En sélectionnant <b>Modifier le numéro d'unité logique</b>, vous pouvez modifier l'assignation de ce numéro (LUN). Notez que le numéro cible d'un LUN doit être unique.<br>Après avoir appuyé sur <b>Modifier l'authentification</b>, sélectionnez un type d'authentification. Utilisez <b>Entrant</b>, <b>Sortant</b> ou les deux. Saisissez ensuite un nom d'<b>Utilisateur</b> et un <b>Mot de passe</b>. Si l'option <b>Utiliser l'authentification</b> est désactivée dans la boîte de dialogue précédente, <b>Modifier l'authentification</b> est désactivé ici.</p>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" @@ -497,171 +495,171 @@ "Si le type est défini sur fileio, spécifiez le <b>chemin</b> d'accès à une unité de disque ou un fichier. Les valeurs <b>ID SCSI</b> et <b>Secteurs</b> sont facultatives." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Problème lors de la modification de l'authentification" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur non valide" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Mot de passe non valide" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "Le LUN sélectionné est déjà utilisé !" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Le nom sélectionné est déjà utilisé !" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "Le chemin d'accès sélectionné doit correspondre à un périphérique par bloc ou un fichier normal !" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné est déjà utilisé !" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "Chemin d'accès :" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Parcourir" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Sélectionnez un fichier ou un périphérique" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "LUN de l'initiateur" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "LUN de la cible" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "Modifications :" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "Le LUN %1 de la cible est utilisé plusieurs fois !" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Vous devez activer au moins une authentification !" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "Nom de l'initiateur :" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importer des LUN depuis TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "Le nom de l'initiateur doit être spécifié !" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "Le nom de l'initiateur existe déjà !" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Nom du nouvel initiateur :" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuler" #. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activé" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Désactivé" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Souhaitez-vous vraiment supprimer l'élément sélectionné ?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Problème lors de la création de la cible %1 avec TPG %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problème lors de la configuration du portail réseau sur %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression du LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Problème lors de la configuration du LUN %1 (nom :%2) avec le chemin d'accès %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Problème lors de la configuration de l'authentification sur %1:%2 vers %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "La cible doit être spécifiée." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Le groupe de portails cibles doit être spécifié." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "La cible spécifiée existe déjà." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Entrant" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Sortant" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "Aucun" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -675,23 +673,23 @@ "(voir /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi sur l'initiateur).\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment continuer sans accès d'initiateur ?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression du LUN %4 pour l'initiateur %3 dans %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problème lors de l'ajout du LUN %4:%5 pour l'initiateur %3 dans %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression de l'initiateur %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Problème lors de la création de l'initiateur %3 pour %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problème lors de la modification de l'authentification pour l'initiateur %3 dans %1:%2" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Pour appliquer les modifications, un redémarrage est nécessaire." @@ -1240,129 +1240,129 @@ "Reportez-vous au journal %{log} pour plus de détails." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration Kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lecture du fichier de configuration..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Lecture des options de démarrage du kernel..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calcul des limites de mémoire..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement des disques..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Lecture de la mémoire disponible et calibrage de l'utilisation..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de configuration /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Impossible de lire les options de démarrage du kernel." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Impossible de lire la mémoire disponible." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration Kdump." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Mettre à jour les options de démarrage" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Mise à jour des options de démarrage..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "L'ajout de l'option crashkernel au gestionnaire de démarrage a échoué." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "État de Kdump : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ACTIVÉ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "DÉSACTIVÉ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valeur(s) de l'option crashkernel : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Format du vidage : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Cible de vidage : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Nombre de vidages : %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "Avertissement ! Il se peut que l'espace libre soit insuffisant. %{required} sont requis, mais seulement %{available} sont disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kernel-update-tool.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kernel-update-tool.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kernel-update-tool.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: kernel-update-tool\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/linux-user-mgmt.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/linux-user-mgmt.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/linux-user-mgmt.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: linux-user-mgmt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-20 10:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n" "Language-Team: French \n" @@ -48,16 +48,16 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "Évaluation des systèmes de fichiers à copier..." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__54 -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "Copie du système de fichiers racine..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "Copie de l'image Live..." @@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "Copie de %1..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -85,61 +85,80 @@ "du système Live." #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "La copie de l'image Live sur le disque dur a échoué." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2 #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'installation" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1 #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "Analyse du système..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "Utilisation de %1%% du disque %2 pour Linux" # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__6 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "Ne pas utiliser le disque %1" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionnement" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__70 +#. end of partitioning summary +#. bootloader summary +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "System start-up" +msgstr "Démarrage du système" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +msgstr "Demander de démarrer soit Linux soit un système existant" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 +msgid "Boot only Linux" +msgstr "Démarrer uniquement Linux" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 +msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +msgstr "Délai au démarrage du système : %1 secondes" + # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__37 -#. end of partitioning summary +#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Clavier" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__258 #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuseau horaire" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2 #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "Modifier les paramètres d'installation" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__5 #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" @@ -149,7 +168,7 @@ # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__4 #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -161,7 +180,7 @@ # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__7 #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -281,7 +300,7 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__15 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copie des fichiers vers le système installé..." @@ -308,19 +327,6 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Enregistrement du fuseau horaire..." -# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__70 -#~ msgid "System start-up" -#~ msgstr "Démarrage du système" - -#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -#~ msgstr "Demander de démarrer soit Linux soit un système existant" - -#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" -#~ msgstr "Démarrer uniquement Linux" - -#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -#~ msgstr "Délai au démarrage du système : %1 secondes" - # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2 #~ msgid "Installation settings" #~ msgstr "Paramètres d'installation" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -306,69 +306,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Courrier sortant " +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Chiffrement TLS" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Non" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Utiliser" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Forcer" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Masquage" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Authentification" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Courrier entrant " #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Détails..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Lancer &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "manuel" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Téléchargement" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Alias..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Domaines virtuels..." @@ -376,7 +381,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -390,7 +395,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -403,39 +408,39 @@ "Faites une autre entrée.\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Modification de l'adresse de l'expéditeur" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "Utilisateur &local" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Afficher comme" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "L'adresse pour cet utilisateur est déjà définie." #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "Le format de l'adresse électronique est incorrect" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Masquage" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Masquage domaines &locaux" @@ -445,23 +450,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Ma&squer d'autres domaines" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&maines à masquer" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Utilisateur local" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Afficher comme" @@ -470,23 +475,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Ajouter" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Modifier" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Effacer" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "Le nom de domaine est incorrect" @@ -494,106 +499,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Authentification du serveur de courrier sortant" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "&Serveur de courrier sortant" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Mot de &passe" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Téléchargement du courrier" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Serveur" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocole" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Utilisateur" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ef&facer" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Redirection du courrier entrant" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Destinations" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "Le format d'alias est incorrect." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Les destinations pour cet alias sont déjà définies." #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Alias" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Destinations" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Domaines virtuels" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Configuration du courrier" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisation..." @@ -877,12 +882,12 @@ msgstr "Vers le serveur IMAP" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Le scanneur de virus AMaViS va être installé.\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -893,56 +898,56 @@ "Configurez un antivirus manuellement." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "L'outil de téléchargement Fetchmail va être installé.\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Le serveur IMAP Dovecot sera installé.\n" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration courrier" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Détermination de l'agent MTA" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Lecture des paramètres généraux" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de masquage" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de téléchargement" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Lecture de la table des alias" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres d'authentication..." #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -953,160 +958,160 @@ "voir %2" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Erreur pendant l'écriture de la configuration de fetchmail." #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Erreur pendant l'écriture du fichier %1" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Erreur lors de l'exécution de config.postfix" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Erreur lors du démarrage du service %1." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Écriture des paramètres généraux" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de masquage" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Écriture des tables d'alias" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de téléchargement" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres d'authentication..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Fin de l'écriture des fichiers de configuration" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Exécution de Config Postfix" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Redémarrage des services" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration courrier" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Autres" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanente" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Connexion via modem" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Aucun" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Type de connexion" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Serveur de courrier sortant" #. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "En-tête Émetteur" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Domaines locaux" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Masquage d'autres domaines" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Masquage utilisateurs" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Accepter les connexions SMTP distantes" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Oui" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Utiliser AMaViS" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Utiliser DKIM" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Utilisateurs virtuels" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authentification" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 10:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "La création de l'instantané du système de fichiers a échoué." @@ -123,16 +123,13 @@ msgstr "<p>Il s'agit d'un aperçu de la migration du produit.</p>\n" #. @return [String] translated headline -#. to get the _() method -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 msgid "Migration proposal" msgstr "Proposition de migration" #. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with #. list of modules -#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all -#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -334,13 +334,13 @@ msgstr "L'installation des notes de version téléchargées a échoué." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Ouverture de la connexion" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -349,13 +349,13 @@ "les journaux pour obtenir des détails.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion Internet ne peut être effectué." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ "cliquez sur 'Annuler'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -381,12 +381,12 @@ "Afficher les journaux pour obtenir des détails." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Vérification des patches" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ "Afficher les journaux pour obtenir des détails.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Fermeture de la connexion" @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du routage" @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "Passerelle" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Masque réseau" @@ -678,76 +678,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Aucune entrée pour la destination '%1' dans la table de routage" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "Le réacheminement de %s est activé." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "Le réacheminement de %s est désactivé." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Activation du réacheminement de %s..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Désactivation du réacheminement de %s..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Réacheminement IPv4 :" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Réacheminement IPv6 :" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Réacheminement IPv4 et IPv6 :" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être spécifiés." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Ajout de la destination '%1' à la table de routage..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Une adresse IP de destination doit être spécifiée." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Vous devez spécifier au moins l'un des paramètres suivants : passerelle, masque de réseau, périphérique, options" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Mise à jour de la destination '%1' dans la table de routage..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Suppression de la destination '%1' de la table de routage..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Avertissement : aucun chiffrement n'est utilisé." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "Modifier." @@ -848,70 +848,70 @@ msgstr "Carte réseau sans fil USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Périphérique réseau inconnu" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Configuré comme %1." #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec FAI %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec fournisseur %2 (protocole %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Configuré sans adresse (NONE)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Configuré sans adresse" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Configuré avec l'adresse %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Configuré avec l'adresse %1 (distante %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Configuré comme %1." #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec l'adresse %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec l'adresse %2 (distante %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Géré" @@ -1050,18 +1050,18 @@ msgstr "&Sélectionner le journal :" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Adresses supplémentaires" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "Étiquette d'adresse IPv4" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1090,156 +1090,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ef&facer" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Nom de l'interface" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>À FAIRE vague !</p>" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Assigner l'interface dans la &zone du pare-feu" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "Interface &obligatoire" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Type de &périphérique" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nom de la &configuration" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Propriétaire du tunnel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Groupe de tunnels" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Périphériques de pont" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Interface réelle pour &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "ID VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Esclaves bond et ordre" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Monter" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Descendre" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "E&sclaves Bond" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Options du pilote &Bond" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez les options du pilote Bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. </p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Aucune liaison ni configuration IP (esclaves de jonction)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Utiliser les valeurs iBFT" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Adresse dynamique" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP versions 4 et 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP version 4 uniquement" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP version 6 uniquement" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Adresses IP statiques" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Adresse &IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "Masque de &sous-réseau" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nom d'&hôte" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP d&istante" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "L'adresse IP distante est incorrecte." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1250,13 +1250,13 @@ "le résultat de la détection est faux." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Configuration %1 déjà présente." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1270,20 +1270,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Adresse IP non valide." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Masque réseau ou longueur de préfixe non valide." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nom d'hôte non valide." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ "Vraiment laisser le nom d'hôte vide ?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1308,60 +1308,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Général" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Activation du périphérique" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zone de pare-feu" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurer les paramètres détaillés de la carte réseau ici.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurez votre adresse IP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Matériel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Esclaves Bond" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Sans fil" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Priorité Ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,10 +1376,21 @@ "la priorité de chaque interface. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuration de carte réseau" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" @@ -1577,23 +1588,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "La valeur pour bootproto est non valide." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "La valeur pour startmode est non valide." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Pour la configuration statique, l'option \"ip\" est nécessaire." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Le périphérique a été supprimé." @@ -1655,7 +1666,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1667,7 +1678,7 @@ "Commencer par ajouter le CD d'add-ons à vos dépôts YaST puis revenez \n" "dans cette fenêtre de configuration.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1685,20 +1696,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Installation du microprogramme" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1713,12 +1724,12 @@ " elle ne sera plus gérée par NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Méthode d'installation du réseau" @@ -1727,7 +1738,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Paramètres réseau" @@ -1913,7 +1924,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Carte &réseau" @@ -1923,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "&Rechercher" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1932,7 +1943,7 @@ "Veuillez en choisir un autre." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau S/390" @@ -1940,131 +1951,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de périphérique S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Nom du &port" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Numéro de port" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Activer le relais IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Activer &la prise en charge de la couche 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Adresse &MAC de la couche 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lire canal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Écrire canal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de contrôle" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface (séparées par des espaces).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit être activé pour cette interface.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Numéro de &port" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Timeout &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Choisissez le <b>Numéro de port</b> pour cette interface.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Spécifiez le <b>Timeout LANCMD</b> de cette interface.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Mode compatibilité" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Mode étendu" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basé sur CTC (connexions Linux à Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Mode compatibilité avec OS/390 et z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocole" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Choisissez le <b>Protocole</b> pour cette interface.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Nom du &pair" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2072,8 +2083,7 @@ "<p>Entrer le nom du pair IUCV,\n" "par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à la casse).</p>\n" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2083,7 +2093,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Boîte de dialogue du matériel" @@ -2742,29 +2752,29 @@ "dans le même répertoire pour connaître toutes les options disponibles.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Étiquette d'&adresse IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Masque &réseau" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Le label est trop long." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "L'adresse IP est incorrecte." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Le masque de sous-réseau est incorrect." @@ -2944,127 +2954,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Pas de codage" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - ouvert" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Clé partagée" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 ou 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 ou 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau sans fil" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Paramètres du périphérique sans fil" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "Mode d'e&xécution" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "Maître" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nom du ré&seau (ESSID) " -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Analyser le réseau" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "Mode d'&authentification" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "Clé de &chiffrement" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Paramètres pour e&xperts" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "Clés &WEP" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Spécifiez le nom de réseau pour ce mode." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Le nom du réseau ne doit pas dépasser 32 caractères." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "La phrase d'authentification doit avoir de huit et 63 caractères." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "La clé doit avoir %1 chiffres hexadécimaux." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "La clé de chiffrement est incorrecte." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3074,13 +3084,13 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuration sans fil pour expert" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" @@ -3089,7 +3099,7 @@ "(rarement nécessaire).</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" @@ -3102,7 +3112,7 @@ "un autre à la recherche de points d'accès.</p>\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" @@ -3111,7 +3121,7 @@ "<b>débit binaire</b> de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide est définie.</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" @@ -3120,7 +3130,7 @@ "peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son adresse MAC.</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" @@ -3132,32 +3142,32 @@ #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatique" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Canal" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "Débit b&inaire" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "Point d'&accès" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "Utiliser la gestion de l'&énergie" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "Mode de scan AP" @@ -3244,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "&Défini par défaut" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Choisir un certificat" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3258,7 +3268,7 @@ "la connexion à des réseaux sans fil non sécurisés. Continuer sans CA ?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3267,47 +3277,47 @@ " ou le certificat du client." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Autres" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "Détails WPA-EAP" @@ -3322,34 +3332,36 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Autoriser l'administration à distance" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" +msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Ne pas autoriser l'administration à distance" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" +"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Paramètres d'administration à distance</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette machine à\n" -"distance depuis une autre machine. Utilisez un client VNC tel que\n" -"krdc (connectez-vous à <tt><nomhôte>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur Web compatible Java\n" -"(connectez-vous à <tt>http://<nomhôte>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que cette forme\n" -"d'administration à distance est moins sécuritaire que SSH.</p>\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'administration distante" @@ -3392,7 +3404,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3401,33 +3413,33 @@ "ou est complètement désactivé. YaST ne parvient pas à configurer certaines options." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Cartes réseau" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Cartes RNIS" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Périphériques DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Tous les périphériques réseau" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Le nom de machine est incorrect." @@ -3596,12 +3608,12 @@ msgstr "Alias de l'hôte" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Alias hô&te" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "L'alias \"%1\" est incorrect." @@ -3641,36 +3653,36 @@ msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Destination" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Ge&nmask" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Passerelle" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "&Périphérique" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "La destination est incorrecte." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "L'adresse IP de la passerelle est incorrecte." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Le masque de sous-réseau est incorrect." #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "La passerelle par défaut est incorrecte" @@ -3917,35 +3929,35 @@ "(un widget plasma pour KDE et nm-applet pour GNOME).\n" "Assurez-vous qu'il est lancé et sinon, le démarrer manuellement." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Paramètres réseau généraux" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Paramètres du protocole IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Activer IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Périphérique inconnu" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Adresse DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Aucune adresse IP n'est assignée" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -3954,12 +3966,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Changer le périphérique" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Sélection du périphérique réseau" @@ -3968,7 +3980,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "configuré" @@ -4017,7 +4029,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la mise à jour" @@ -4040,7 +4052,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Mise à jour de la configuration..." @@ -4090,62 +4102,62 @@ msgstr "Mise à jour de /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration réseau" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Détecter les périphériques réseau" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Lire les informations sur les pilotes" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Lire la configuration du périphérique" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lire la configuration du réseau" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres du pare-feu" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Lire le nom d'hôte et la configuration DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Lire les informations d'installation" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Lire la configuration du routage" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Détecter le statut actuel" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Détection ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4155,7 +4167,7 @@ "mais le module du noyau n'a pas été chargé.\n" "Charger le module ndiswrapper avec modprobe ?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4164,275 +4176,275 @@ "Vérifier la configuration manuellement.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Détection des périphériques réseau..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du périphérique..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du réseau..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du pare-feu..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Lecture du nom d'hôte et de la configuration DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Lecture des informations sur l'installation..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du routage..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Détection du statut actuel..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Pour appliquer cette modification, un redémarrage est nécessaire." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration réseau" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Écrire les informations sur les pilotes" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Écrire la configuration du périphérique" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du réseau" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Écrire la configuration du routage" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Écrire le nom d'hôte et la configuration DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Configurer les services du réseau local" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du pare-feu" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Activer les services réseau" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Écriture de /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du périphérique..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du réseau" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du routage..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Écriture du nom d'hôte et de la configuration DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Configuration des services réseau..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Activation des services réseau..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Réseau non fonctionnel" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Mode réseau" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces contrôlées par NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Désactiver NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Configuration du réseau traditionnelle avec NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Activer NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "La prise en charge du protocole IPv6 est activée" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Désactiver IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "La prise en charge du protocole IPv6 est désactivée" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "connecté" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagramme" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Lancé automatiquement au démarrage" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Démarré automatiquement sur une connexion par câble" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Géré par NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Aucun redémarrage n'aura lieu" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Lancé manuellement" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Adresse IP assignée avec" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Adresse IP : %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Adresse IP : %s, masque de sous-réseau %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Non configuré" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nom du périphérique : %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Esclaves de jonction" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "asservi dans %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Maître de jonction" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Non connecté" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Pas de hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du kernel (eth0, wlan0)) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un microprogramme absent (pour les périphériques WLAN). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4440,17 +4452,17 @@ "<p>Le périphérique n'est pas configuré. Cliquez sur \n" "<b>Modifier</b>pour le configurer.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Microprogramme nécessaire" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Inconnu" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4459,35 +4471,38 @@ "Les paramètres de pare-feu vont être désactivés." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Configurer le gestionnaire d'affichage" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Redémarrer les services" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de l'administration à distance" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Configuration du gestionnaire d'affichage..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Redémarrage du service..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "L'activation du service %{service} a échoué." +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "L'activation du service %{service} a échoué." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4498,11 +4513,11 @@ "redémarrez-le manuellement ou déconnectez-vous, puis reconnectez-vous." #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "L'administration à distance est activée." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "L'administration à distance est désactivée." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ "Domaine valide : %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ "avec le point de montage %1." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -383,12 +383,12 @@ msgstr "Configuration client NFS" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Impossible de créer le répertoire '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -399,52 +399,52 @@ "configuration du client NFS.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Écriture de la configuration NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Arrêter les services" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Démarrer les services" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Arrêt des services..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Démarrage des services..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du client NFS. Veuillez patienter..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Impossible de monter les entrées NFS de /etc/fstab." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "Entrées NFS" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 entrées configurées" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -70,27 +70,27 @@ msgstr "Option Oui/Non pour Activer/Désactiver NFS sécurisé." #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Le serveur NFS est activé" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Le serveur NFS est désactivé" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Les paquetages nécessaires (%1) ne sont pas installés." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Pas de point de montage spécifié." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "Le domaine ne peut être défini sans activer NFSv4. Veuillez utiliser la commande 'set enablev4'." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "La commande 'set' doit être utilisé comme suit : 'set option=valeur'. Utiliser 'set help' pour obtenir des informations sur les options disponibles." @@ -166,59 +166,48 @@ "Le fichier de configuration comporte probablement des espaces.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Répertoire à exporter" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Parcourir..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Saisissez un chemin d'exportation qui ne soit pas vide. Exemple : /exports." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "Ce répertoire figure déjà dans la table d'exportation." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"Le mode utilisateur serveur NFS (%1) ne peut pas exporter les répertoires\n" -"dont le nom comporte des espaces.\n" -"Utilisez pour cela le serveur basé sur kernel (%2)." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Le répertoire n'existe pas. Voulez-vous le créer ?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Sélectionner le répertoire à exporter" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Caractère joker &hôte" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&ptions" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -227,7 +216,7 @@ "NFSv4 est activé (page précédente).\n" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -237,12 +226,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier /etc/idmapd.conf. Configuration par défaut du paramètre pour le domaine à 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -251,7 +240,7 @@ "et l'exportation de certains de vos répertoires sur d'autres.</P>" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" @@ -259,7 +248,7 @@ "<P>Si vous choisissez <B>Démarrer le serveur NFS</B>, le fait de cliquer sur <B>Suivant</B> ouvre\n" "une boîte de dialogue de configuration dans laquelle vous pouvez spécifier les répertoires à exporter.</P>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -270,7 +259,7 @@ "localdomain ou reportez-vous à la page de manuel d'idmapd et d'idmapd.conf si vous n'êtes pas sûr.</P>\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" @@ -279,44 +268,44 @@ "Pour utiliser l'API GSS, vous devez, actuellement, avoir kerberos et gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) sur votre système</P>\n" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Serveur NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Démarrer" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Ne &pas démarrer" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Activer NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Activer NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Entrez le nom de do&maine NFSv4 :" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Activer la sécurité &GSS" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du serveur NFS" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -327,7 +316,7 @@ "monter ce répertoire.</P>\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -337,68 +326,63 @@ "Il peut s'agir d'un hôte simple, de groupes, de caractères jokers ou de\n" "réseaux IP.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" msgstr "<p>Saisissez un astérisque (<tt>*</tt>) à la place du nom pour indiquer tous les hôtes.</p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Laissez ce champ vide pour indiquer tous les hôtes.</p>" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "<P>Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Ajouter &répertoire" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Modifier" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Supprimer" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Caractère joker hôte" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Options" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Ajouter &hôte" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Modifier" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Supprimer" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Répertoires à exporter" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -407,7 +391,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -418,72 +402,60 @@ "dans les répertoires exportés.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du serveur NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Enregistrer /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Redémarrer les services" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Enregistrement de /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Redémarrage des services..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du serveur NFS. Veuillez patienter..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire dans idmapd.conf." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "idmapd ne peut pas être démarré. Vérifiez les paramètres de votre domaine." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "idmapd ne peut pas être redémarré." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "idmapd ne peut pas être arrêté." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "Impossible de lancer svcgssd. Vérifiez que votre configuration kerberos et gssapi (nfs-utils) est correcte." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349 -msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." -msgstr "'svcgssd' est déjà en cours d'exécution. Impossible de le redémarrer." +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." +msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le service 'svcgssd'." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' est en cours d'exécution. Impossible de l'arrêter." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -492,11 +464,11 @@ "Vos modifications seront actives après réamorçage.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Exportations NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "Le domaine NFSv4 pour idmapping est %1." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -258,9 +258,10 @@ msgstr "&Adresses des serveurs NIS" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" -msgstr "Di&ffusion générale (Broadcast)" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "&Diffusion générale (Broadcast)" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) @@ -373,11 +374,6 @@ msgstr "&Serveurs (séparés par des espaces ou des virgules)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "&Diffusion générale (Broadcast)" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "Écriture de la configuration NTP..." #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" msgstr "<p>Cliquez sur <b>Synchroniser maintenant<b> pour régler votre heure système correctement en utilisant le serveur NTP sélectionné. Si vous voulez utiliser le NTP de façon permanente, activez l'option <b>Sauvegarder la configuration NTP</b>.</p>" @@ -29,48 +29,48 @@ msgstr "<p>En activant l'option <b>Exécuter NTP en tant que daemon, le service NTP sera démarré en tant que daemon. Sinon, l'heure système sera synchronisée périodiquement. L'intervalle par défaut est 15 min. Vous pouvez le modifier après l'installation avec le <b>module ntp-client de yast2</b>.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Avec le bouton <b>Configurer</b>, ouvrez la configuration NTP avancée.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" msgstr "<p>La synchronisation avec le serveur NTP ne peut se faire que lorsque le réseau est configuré.</p>" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Nom d'hôte %1 du serveur NTP incorrect" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Adresse du serveur &NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Exécuter NTP en tant que daemon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Sauvegarder la configuration NTP" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "S&ynchroniser maintenant" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configurer..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ "sans avoir installé le paquet %1." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synchronisation avec le serveur NTP..." @@ -298,273 +298,269 @@ msgstr "Récepteurs JJY" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "Module de configuration du client NTP." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Imprimer l'état du daemon NTP." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Imprimer toutes les relations de synchronisation configurées" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Activer le daemon NTP" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Désactiver le daemon NTP" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle relation de synchronisation" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Modifier une relation de synchronisation existante" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Effacer une relation de synchronisation" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "L'adresse du serveur" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "L'adresse du pair" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "L'adresse vers laquelle faire des diffusions générales" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "L'adresse de laquelle accepter des diffusions générales" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Les options de la relation" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Options pour la calibration du pilote de l'horloge" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Utiliser le serveur pour la synchronisation initiale" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Ne pas utiliser le serveur pour la synchronisation initiale" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "Pair de synchronisation non spécifié." #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "Le pair de synchronisation spécifié n'a pas été trouvé." #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "Le daemon NTP est activé." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "Le daemon NTP est désactivé." #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Serveur" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Pair" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Diffusion générale (broadcast)" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Accepter les diffusions générales (broadcasts)" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Numéro d'unité : %1" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Horloge radio locale" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "Échec de la lecture des paramètres." #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du serveur NTP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuration NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Paramètres généraux" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de sécurité" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuration NTP avancée" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Nouvelle synchronisation" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Paramètres du serveur" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "Serveur NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Serveur local NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Serveur NTP public" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "Homologue NTP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Horloge de référence locale" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Diffusion sortante" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Diffusion entrante" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "ID &référence" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Stratum" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Décalage de calibration 1" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Décalage de calibration 2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Indicateur &1" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Indicateur &2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Indicateur &3" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Indicateur &4" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibration du pilote de l'horloge" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -573,7 +569,7 @@ "Veuillez patienter...<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -582,7 +578,7 @@ "Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -591,7 +587,7 @@ "Veuillez patienter...<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -601,24 +597,15 @@ "Interrompre l'enregistrement en cliquant sur <B>Interrompre</B>.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.</P>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Démarrer le daemon NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Choisissez de démarrer le daemon NTP maintenant ou à chaque démarrage du système. \n" -"Le daemon NTP résout les noms d'hôte lors de son initialisation. Votre\n" -"connexion réseau doit être établie avant le démarrage du daemon NTP.</p>\n" -"Si vous sélectionnez <b>Synchroniser sans daemon</b>, le daemon NTP ne sera pas activé. \n" -"L'heure système sera réglée régulièrement. L'intervalle configurable est défini sur 15 minutes par défaut.\n" -" Vous pouvez le modifier lors de la configuration du système." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -646,7 +633,7 @@ "Les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès peuvent être ajustés dans la table récapitulative des serveurs. Cette option n'est pas disponible si le NTP est configuré via DHCP.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -661,7 +648,7 @@ "réseau si les informations relatives aux serveurs NTP sont fournies par le serveur DHCP.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -677,7 +664,7 @@ "et cliquez sur <b>Effacer</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -686,7 +673,7 @@ "<p>Pour afficher les journaux du daemon NTP, cliquez sur <b>Afficher le journal</b>.</p>\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -697,7 +684,7 @@ "une horloge connectée localement, utilisez l'option <b>Configuration avancée</b>." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -706,7 +693,7 @@ "Sélectionnez le pilote pour l'horloge à configurer.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -717,7 +704,7 @@ "des <b>Numéros d'unité</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -736,7 +723,7 @@ " soit vous devez le créer manuellement.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -745,7 +732,7 @@ "Pour calibrer le pilote de l'horloge, cliquez sur <b>Calibration du pilote</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -758,7 +745,7 @@ "Internet.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -771,7 +758,7 @@ "choisissez entre <b>Serveur NTP local</b> et <b>Serveur NTP public</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -782,7 +769,7 @@ "cliquez sur <b>Tester</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -793,7 +780,7 @@ "utilisez <b>Adresse</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -804,7 +791,7 @@ "le champ de texte <b>Adresse</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -816,7 +803,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -828,7 +815,7 @@ "options dans le champ de texte <b>Options</b>. Pour plus de détails,\n" "consultez <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" @@ -847,7 +834,7 @@ "les <b>Paramètres de sécurité</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -856,7 +843,7 @@ "Sélectionnez le type de pair de synchronisation à ajouter ici.</p>" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -865,7 +852,7 @@ "sélectionnez <b>Serveur</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -874,7 +861,7 @@ "synchronisation mutuelle, sélectionnez <b>Pair</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -883,7 +870,7 @@ "sélectionnez <b>Horloge radio</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -892,7 +879,7 @@ "<b>Diffusion sortante</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" @@ -901,7 +888,7 @@ "et les utiliser pour définir l'heure locale, sélectionnez <b>Diffusion entrante<b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -912,7 +899,7 @@ "choisissez le serveur NTP dans la liste des serveurs NTP connus.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -926,7 +913,7 @@ "Sélectionnez ensuite le serveur dans la liste des serveurs trouvés.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" @@ -938,7 +925,7 @@ "<b>Pays</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -960,7 +947,7 @@ "<i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" @@ -971,7 +958,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -986,7 +973,7 @@ " client NTP est synchronisé avec des serveurs différents toutes les heures.</p>\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1000,7 +987,7 @@ "pas toutes les options.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1018,17 +1005,17 @@ "Toutes les modifications seront perdues." #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Redémarrer le daemon NTP" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le daemon NTP" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1043,7 +1030,7 @@ "daemon NTP ne fonctionnera peut-être pas correctement." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1052,7 +1039,7 @@ "un nom de machine complet, une adresse IPv4 ou une adresse IPv6." #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1065,44 +1052,44 @@ " Voulez-vous vraiment remplacer le serveur NTP actuel ?" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Sélectionnez le périphérique:" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "&Serveurs NTP publics" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Sélectionner un serveur NTP." #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Tous les pays" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&Pays" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Recherche des serveurs NTP sur votre réseau..." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1113,205 +1100,205 @@ "qui bloque probablement la recherche sur le réseau." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "Aucun serveur NTP n'a été trouvé sur votre réseau." #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adresse" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "Aucun serveur sélectionné." #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "A&dresse" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "&Configuration avancée" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibration du &pilote" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "&Intervalle de synchronisation en minutes" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Démarrer le daemon NTP" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "&Manuellement uniquement" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Synchroniser sans daemon" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Maintenant et lors de l'&amorçage" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Exécuter le daemon NTP dans Chroot &Jail" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "&Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs configurés uniquement " #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuel" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personnalisé" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "St&ratégie de configuration d'exécution" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "Stratégie &personnalisée" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "&Utiliser des serveurs aléatoires à partir de pool.ntp.org" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Sélectionner..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Tester" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Type de synchronisation" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "Afficher le &journal..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "&Type d'horloge" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "&Numéro d'unité" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Créer &Symlink" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Périphérique" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Options de contrôle d'accès" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Serveur" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Pair" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "&Horloge radio" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Diffusion &sortante" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Diffusion &entrante" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Réseau loc&al" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "Serveur NTP &public" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "Emplacement du serveur NTP" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Rechercher" @@ -1325,149 +1312,157 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialisation..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du client NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "Lire la configuration réseau" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "Lire les paramètres NTP" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "Lecture de la configuration réseau..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "Lecture des paramètres NTP..." - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "Écrire les paramètres NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "Redémarrer le daemon NTP" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "Redémarrage du daemon NTP..." - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "Impossible de mettre à jour la politique de configuration dynamique." - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le daemon NTP." - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Le daemon NTP démarre lors de l'amorçage du système." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "Le daemon NTP ne démarre pas automatiquement." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Serveurs : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Horloges radio : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Pairs : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Diffusion générale des informations de temps vers : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accepter les informations de temps en diffusion générale de : %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combinez les configurations statique et DHCP." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Configuration statique uniquement." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Politique de configuration personnalisée." -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Test du serveur NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Le serveur est joignable et répond correctement." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Le serveur est injoignable ou ne répond pas correctement." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" "Impossible de rechercher un serveur NTP sur le réseau local\n" "sans avoir installé le paquet %1.\n" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du client NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "Lire la configuration réseau" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "Lire les paramètres NTP" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "Lecture de la configuration réseau..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "Lecture des paramètres NTP..." + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "Écrire les paramètres NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "Redémarrer le daemon NTP" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "Redémarrage du daemon NTP..." + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "Impossible de mettre à jour la politique de configuration dynamique." + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le daemon NTP." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n" "Language-Team: French \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-03 16:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n" "Language-Team: French \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>Le gestionnaire de dépôts télécharge les détails du dépôt...</p>" @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installation des paquetages..." @@ -522,8 +522,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisation..." @@ -547,91 +547,101 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Support de données" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du gestionnaire de logiciels..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Priorité " -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Conserver les paquetages téléchargés" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Dépôts d'installation - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Par défaut" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nom inconnu" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Inconnu" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL : %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "URL brute : %s" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nom de dépôt inconnu" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Catégorie : %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Service : %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Tous les dépôts" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Tous les services" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Service %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "Uniquement les dépôts non fournis par un service" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Afficher" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Priorité" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activé" @@ -640,88 +650,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Rafraîchissement automatique" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Remplacer" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Ra&fraîchir la sélection" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "État &Activé ou Désactivé" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Rafraîchi&ssement activé ou désactivé" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Définir le &nom..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Propriétés" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Activé" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "&Rafraîchir automatiquement" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "Clés &GPG..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Rafraîchir" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Rafraîchir tous les Auto&rafraîchis" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Rafraîchir tous les &Activés" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Dépôts de logiciels configurés" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -729,11 +739,11 @@ "<p>\n" "Gérez les dépôts de logiciels configurés et les services.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" msgstr "<P>Un <B>service</B> ou un <B>RIS (Repository Index Service) </B> est un protocole destiné à la gestion du dépôt des paquetages. Un service peut fournir plusieurs dépôts de logiciels qui peuvent être modifiés de manière dynamique par l'administrateur du service.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" @@ -748,7 +758,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -761,7 +771,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -782,7 +792,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" @@ -797,7 +807,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" @@ -806,12 +816,12 @@ "La priorité d'un dépôt est un entier compris entre 0 (priorité la plus haute) et 200 (priorité la plus basse). La priorité par défaut est 99. Si un paquet est disponible dans plusieurs dépôts, le dépôt avec la priorité la plus haute est utilisé.</P>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Sélectionnez l'option appropriée en haut de la fenêtre pour la navigation dans les dépôts et les services.</P>" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" @@ -821,12 +831,12 @@ "dans un cache local pour qu'ils puissent être réutilisé plus tard, lorsque les paquets seront\n" "réinstallés. Si cette option n'est pas cochée, les paquets téléchargés seront supprimés après l'installation.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" msgstr "<P>Le cache local par défaut se situe dans le dossier <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Modifiez l'emplacement dans le fichier <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -836,7 +846,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Détails :" @@ -844,18 +854,18 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Réessayer ?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Abandonner la configuration du dépôt" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -864,7 +874,7 @@ "Toutes les modifications seront perdues." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -873,40 +883,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Rafraîchissement des dépôts" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Rafraîchissement des services" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Rafraîchir les dépôts" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Rafraîchir les services" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Rafraîchissement du dépôt %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Rafraîchissement du service %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Supprimer le dépôt sélectionné de la liste ?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -915,7 +925,7 @@ "et ses espaces de stockage ?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -924,7 +934,7 @@ "de configurer le rafraîchissement." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -937,7 +947,7 @@ "Vraiment ajouter le dépôt à nouveau ?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration du dépôt.</p>\n" @@ -1050,7 +1060,7 @@ "Voulez-vous les installer maintenant ?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1058,7 +1068,7 @@ "Impossible de configurer le dépôt de mises à jour \n" "en ligne sans avoir installé le paquet %1" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1067,7 +1077,7 @@ "dépôts en ligne sans avoir installé le paquet %1" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1406,42 +1416,42 @@ "'%2' ?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Ajout d'un nouveau dépôt" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Vérifier le type de dépôt" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Ajouter un dépôt" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Lire de la licence du dépôt" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Vérification du type de dépôt" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Ajout du dépôt" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Lecture de la licence du dépôt" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Dépôt" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1458,8 +1468,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1468,7 +1478,7 @@ "à partir de l'URL '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1477,12 +1487,12 @@ "Changez le protocole ou désarchivez l'image ISO sur le serveur." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Modifier l'URL et réessayer ?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1490,6 +1500,11 @@ "Impossible de rechercher les dépôts SLP\n" "sans avoir installé le paquet %1\n" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du gestionnaire de logiciels..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1497,19 +1512,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Fichier de contrôle %1 introuvable sur le support." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1517,28 +1532,41 @@ "Le paquetage '%s' n'est pas installé.\n" "Le produit complémentaire ne peut pas être enregistré." +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "Produit inconnu" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "&Notes de version..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser les produits supplémentaires." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL : %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL : %1, Chemin : %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Produits supplémentaires" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1546,37 +1574,30 @@ "Le dépôt d'installation contient aussi la liste des dépôts supplémentaires.\n" "Sélectionnez ceux que vous souhaitez utiliser.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Produits supplémentaires à sélectionner" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Ajouter les &produits sélectionnés" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Insérer le produit complémentaire %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Insérez le support %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Impossible d'ajouter le produit %1." -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "Produit inconnu" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1603,27 +1624,27 @@ msgstr "Impossible de copier la clé dans le répertoire temporaire." #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Afficher la liste de paquetages ayant échoué" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Afficher le journal complet" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "L'installation de certains paquets a échoué" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Installation interrompue par l'utilisateur." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Média %1" @@ -1631,13 +1652,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Terminé." @@ -1645,21 +1666,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Suivant : %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Suivant : %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -1668,41 +1689,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Téléchargement de %1 (taille du téléchargement %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Restant : %1%2 paquets)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Téléchargement des paquetages..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 paquetages téléchargés sur %2)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Effacement de %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Installation de %1 (taille installée %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Application du delta RPM : %1" @@ -1827,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "<b>Avertissement :</b> le produit<b>%s</b> sera supprimé." #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Erreur :</b> le produit <b>%s</b> sera automatiquement supprimé.</font>" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1849,12 +1870,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Aucun dépôt trouvé sur '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1865,31 +1886,31 @@ "vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Intégration du média d'amorçage..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Échec de l'intégration du dépôt du service pack." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Initialisation des dépôts..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Insérez le CD 1 %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 non trouvé" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1898,7 +1919,7 @@ "Vérifiez le fichier de journalisation %1 pour plus de détails." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1907,12 +1928,12 @@ "La proposition logicielle sera appelée à nouveau." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Évaluation de la sélection de paquetages..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1923,36 +1944,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de licence %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Pour afficher correctement la licence du produit, placez le fichier license.tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la création de l'image." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Langue" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "J'&accepte les conditions de la licence" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Si vous voulez imprimer cet accord EULA, vous le trouverez\n" "sur le premier support de données dans le fichier %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1966,18 +1995,18 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de licence" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1986,7 +2015,7 @@ "Refusez-vous vraiment l'accord ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1995,17 +2024,18 @@ "produit complémentaire. Refusez-vous vraiment l'accord ?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Le système est en cours d'extinction..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de licence relatif à %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2111,7 +2141,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2156,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "Télécharger les fichiers &de description du dépôt" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2165,7 +2195,7 @@ "du support, configurez <b>Image ISO</b>.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2174,86 +2204,86 @@ "configurez l'emplacement du premier support.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Nom du &serveur" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au répertoire ou à l'image ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&Image ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocole N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Options de montage" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(par défaut)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL du dépôt" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocole" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL du dépôt" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL du dépôt" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Serveur NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Support CD ou DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disque dur" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Disque ou clé USB" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Répertoire local" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Image ISO locale" @@ -2262,24 +2292,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Serveur et répertoire " #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Le nom du dépôt ne peut pas être vide." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Nom du dépôt" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2288,12 +2318,12 @@ "Utilisez <b>Nom du dépôt</b> pour spécifier le nom du dépôt. S'il est vide, YaST utilisera le nom du produit (si possible) ou l'URL en tant que nom.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nom du &service" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2302,17 +2332,17 @@ "Utilisez <b>Nom du service</b> pour spécifier le nom du service. S'il est vide, YaST utilisera une partie de l'URL du service en tant que nom.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "L'URL ne doit pas être vide." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2324,16 +2354,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Modifier une partie de l'URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Modifier l'URL complète" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2343,7 +2373,7 @@ "Utiliser le <b>Nom du serveur</b> et le <b>Chemin d'accès au répertoire ou à l'image ISO</b>\n" "pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le serveur.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2356,16 +2386,16 @@ "pour en savoir plus et obtenir la liste des options prises en charge." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2374,12 +2404,12 @@ "Configurez <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> pour spécifier le type de support.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Fichier d'image ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2388,7 +2418,7 @@ "ou le répertoire n'existe pas.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2397,7 +2427,7 @@ "ou le fichier n'existe pas.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2408,17 +2438,17 @@ "L'utiliser quand même ?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au répertoire" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Ré&pertoire de RPM uniquement" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2433,20 +2463,20 @@ "<b>Simple dossier de RPM</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Périphériq&ue de stockage de masse USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Système de &fichiers" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Répertoire" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2466,7 +2496,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2477,11 +2507,11 @@ "si vous voulez utiliser un certain type de système de fichiers, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Périphérique &disque" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2500,12 +2530,12 @@ "<b>Simple dossier de RPM</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Chemin d'accès à l'image ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2516,71 +2546,71 @@ "à l'image ISO.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nom du serveur" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Partage" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Image ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Répertoire sur le serveur" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&thentification" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonyme" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Groupe de travail ou domaine" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Mot de &passe" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2605,7 +2635,7 @@ "du support de données, utilisez <b>Image ISO</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2616,12 +2646,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Je souhaite installer un autre produit complémentaire" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Configuration &réseau..." + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2632,7 +2666,7 @@ "ou sur le disque dur.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2643,7 +2677,7 @@ "ayez l'ensemble de CD ou le DVD du produit à disposition.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2658,7 +2692,7 @@ "dans le même dossier.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2671,25 +2705,25 @@ "premier CD, par exemple /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Sélectionnez le type de support" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Insérer le CD du produit complémentaire" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Insérez le DVD du produit complémentaire." #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Aucun disque USB n'a été détecté." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2704,19 +2738,19 @@ "automatiquement les fichiers lorsqu'il en aura besoin ultérieurement. </p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Type de support" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Produit complémentaire" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "Le schéma d'URL '%s' n'est pas valide." @@ -2908,12 +2942,12 @@ msgstr "Aucun dépôt SLP n'a été trouvé sur votre réseau." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "La partition \"%1\" requiert %2 d'espace disque en plus." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2922,6 +2956,6 @@ "ou des fichiers temporaires avant la mise à jour du système.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Désélectionner des paquets." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rdp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -98,52 +98,52 @@ msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Configurer xrdp" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Redémarrer les services" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Arrêter les services" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de l'administration à distance" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Configuration de xrdp..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Redémarrage du service..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Arrêt du service..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "L'administration à distance est activée." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "L'administration à distance est désactivée." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,29 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "Serveurs d'enregistrement locaux" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un serveur d'enregistrement détecté dans la liste\n" -"ou le serveur d'enregistrement SUSE par défaut." - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "Aucun serveur d'enregistrement n'est sélectionné." - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -56,7 +33,7 @@ #. @return [Symbol] user input #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -92,8 +69,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Enregistrement de %s ..." @@ -230,18 +207,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Empreinte SHA256 : " -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Timeout de la connexion." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Vérifiez si ce système est connu du serveur d'enregistrement." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -265,41 +249,41 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173 -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "Échec de la connexion au serveur NTP sélectionné." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Erreur lors de l'enregistrement du client." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" "Erreur liée au serveur d'enregistrement.\n" "Retentez l'enregistrement ultérieurement." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "Le certificat SSL reçu ne correspond pas à celui attendu." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Détails : %s" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -314,23 +298,23 @@ "peut être établie en toute sécurité et redémarrez le module YaST." #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importation du certificat SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importation du certificat '%s'..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Erreur de connexion sécurisée : %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -343,14 +327,14 @@ "d'enregistrement soit installé sur le serveur." #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL non valide." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -358,7 +342,7 @@ "Le réseau n'est pas configuré, le serveur d'enregistrement ne peut pas être contacté.\n" "Voulez-vous configurer le réseau maintenant ?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Erreur réseau. Vérifiez la configuration du réseau." @@ -368,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "Stockage de la configuration de l'enregistrement..." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -377,7 +361,7 @@ "Vérifiez votre système." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -385,7 +369,7 @@ "Le support d'installation ou le programme d'installation proprement dit est sérieusement endommagé.\n" "Signalez un bogue à %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -396,7 +380,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Enregistrement du système..." @@ -405,14 +389,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Mise à jour vers %s..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Synchronisation des produits..." @@ -422,27 +406,27 @@ #. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Chargement des extensions et modules disponibles..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Chargement des produits de migration…" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Enregistrer des extensions et modules" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Les extensions et modules sont en cours d'enregistrement.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -451,7 +435,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -461,7 +445,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -477,7 +461,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -492,39 +476,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produit inconnu" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "L'enregistrement de la configuration de dépôt a échoué." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "La mise à jour du service '%s' a échoué." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "L'ajout du service '%s' a échoué." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "L'enregistrement du service '%s' a échoué." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Le rafraîchissement du service '%s' a échoué." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -600,34 +584,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "Détails" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Sélectionnez une extension ou un module pour en afficher les détails." #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (non disponible)" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST permet de sélectionner au maximum %s extensions ou modules." #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "<p>Notez que certaines extensions ou certains modules peuvent nécessiter un code d'enregistrement spécifique.</p>" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "<p>Si vous souhaitez supprimer une extension ou un module, vous devez vous connecter au SUSE Customer Center et les supprimer manuellement.</p>" @@ -642,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner ici les extensions et modules disponibles pour votre système.</p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensions et modules disponibles" @@ -698,32 +686,32 @@ msgstr "Télécharger les extensions disponibles..." #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment effacer '%s' ?" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "&Identificateur d'extension ou de module" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Version" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architecture" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "Type de &version" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&Code d'enregistrement" @@ -753,10 +741,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Enregistrer le produit" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&Adresse email" @@ -765,56 +751,64 @@ msgstr "Installer les mises à jour disponibles depuis les dépôts de mise à jour" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Paramètres du serveur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Rechercher le serveur d'enregistrement à l'aide de la découverte SLP" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Utiliser une URL de serveur spécifique au lieu de celle par défaut" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL du certificat de serveur SSL facultatif" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Empreinte du certificat de serveur SSL facultatif" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "aucun" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Empreinte du certificat SSL" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Enregistrer les extensions ou modules..." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "Serveur d'enregistrement &local..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "URL du serveur d'enregistrement &local" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Ignorer l'enregistrement" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "&Enregistrer à nouveau les extensions ou les modules" @@ -822,26 +816,28 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "Le système est déjà enregistré." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "Saisissez ici les références du SUSE Customer Center pour enregistrer le système afin d'obtenir les mises à jour et les extensions." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" "Si vous n'enregistrez pas votre système, nous ne pourrons pas\n" " vous fournir d'accès aux dépôts de mises à jour.\n" @@ -851,34 +847,9 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment ignorer l'enregistrement maintenant ?" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"Entrez, dans les champs ci-dessous, un code d'enregistrement ou d'évaluation pour ce produit ainsi que votre\n" -"nom d'utilisateur/adresse électronique obtenus auprès du SUSE Customer Center.\n" -"L'accès aux mises à jour logicielles de sécurité et générales n'est possible que sur\n" -"un système enregistré." - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ignorez l'étape d'enregistrement du produit maintenant, n'oubliez pas de l'enregistrer une fois\n" -"l'installation terminée." - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Configuration &réseau..." @@ -904,34 +875,29 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" -msgstr "<p>La connexion sécurisée (HTTPS) emploie des certificats SSL pour vérifier l'authenticité du serveur et coder les données transférées.</p>" +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez décider d'importer le certificat dans la liste des autorités de certification (CA) reconnues, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au sujet et à l'émetteur du certificat inconnu.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>L'importation d'un certificat vous permet par exemple d'employer un certificat auto-signé.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Important :</b> il est recommandé de vérifier l'empreinte du certificat afin de vous assurer que vous importez un certificat authentique provenant bien du serveur demandé.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Importer un certificat inconnu sans vérification représente un risque important pour la sécurité.</b></p>" -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "URL du serveur d'enregistrement &local" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -964,17 +930,17 @@ msgstr "Sélectionner les dépôts utilisés pour la migration" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Gérer les dépôts…" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL : %s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Priorité : %s" @@ -1036,17 +1002,17 @@ msgstr "Sélectionnez la migration cible." #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Ajuster manuellement les dépôts utilisés pour la migration" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Cibles de migration possibles" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Résumé de migration" @@ -1056,38 +1022,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "ERREUR : le produit <b>%{product}</b> n'est pas disponible sur le serveur d'enregistrement (%{url}). Rendez-le disponible pour autoriser l'utilisation de cette migration." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>va être installé.</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>reste inchangé.</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>va être mis à niveau vers</b> %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>va être rétrogradé vers</b> %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1141,11 +1107,64 @@ "La mise à niveau automatique de l'enregistrement a échoué.\n" "Vous pouvez enregistrer manuellement le système en partant de zéro." -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Recherche..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Recherche des serveurs d'enregistrement locaux..." + +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "Sélection de services RNIS" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "Aucun serveur n'a été sélectionné." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Après extinction, rechargez le système\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rpm-groups.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -276,11 +276,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "Impossible de %{change} %{service} qui est actuellement %{status}. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "Impossible de %{change} %{service}. " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,134 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuration des instantanés système" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Données utilisateur" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Algorithme de nettoyage" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" -msgstr "Modifier l'instantané %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" +msgstr "Modifier l'instantané %{num}" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" -msgstr "Modifier les instantanés %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" +msgstr "Modifier l'instantané %{pre} et %{post}" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" -msgstr "Pré (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" +msgstr "Pré-(%{pre})" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" -msgstr "Post (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" +msgstr "Post-(%{post})" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Créer un instantané" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Instantané unique" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pré" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Post, associé à :" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" -msgstr "Vous souhaitez vraiment supprimer l'instantané '%1' ?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer l'instantané %{num} ?" -#. summary dialog caption +#. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer les instantanés %{pre} et %{post} ?" + +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Instantanés" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Unique" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Pré & post" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Lecture de la liste d'instantanés..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Configuration actuelle" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Date de début" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Date de fin" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Données de l'utilisateur" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Afficher les modifications" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Modifier" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -150,131 +179,131 @@ "Impossible d'afficher les différences." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Aperçu de l'instantané sélectionné" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1 : %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Calcul des fichiers modifiés..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Calcul des modifications des fichiers..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Le nouveau fichier a été créé." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Le fichier a été supprimé." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Le contenu du fichier n'a pas été modifié." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Le fichier n'existe dans aucun des instantanés." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Le contenu du fichier a été modifié." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Le mode de fichier %1 a été remplacé par %2." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "La propriété de l'utilisateur du fichier %1 a été remplacée par %2." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "La propriété du groupe de fichiers %1 a été remplacée par %2." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "R&estaurer à partir du premier" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurer" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Res&taurer à partir du second" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Afficher la différence entre l'instantané et le système actuel" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Afficher la différence entre l'instantané actuel et l'instantané sélectionné :" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le premier et le second instantané" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le premier instantané et l'instantané actuel" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le second instantané et le système actuel" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Temps d'exécution de l'instantané :" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Temps d'exécution du premier instantané :" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Temps d'exécution du second instantané :" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Temps d'exécution de l'instantané :" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Ouvrir" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Restaurer les éléments sélectionnés" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -290,7 +319,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -305,17 +334,17 @@ "à partir de l'instantané '%2' sur le système actuel ?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" -msgstr "Aucun fichier n'a été sélectionné en vue d'une restauration." +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." +msgstr "Aucun fichier n'a été sélectionné pour la restauration." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Restauration des fichiers" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -332,7 +361,7 @@ "<p>Les fichiers qui n'existaient pas dans l'instantané seront supprimés.</p>Êtes-vous sûr ?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -341,43 +370,43 @@ "<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuration des instantanés</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>Le tableau montre une liste des instantanés du système de fichier racine. Il existe trois types\n" -"d'instantanés, <b>unique</b>, <b>pre</b> et <b>post</b>. Les instantanés uniques sont utilisés\n" -"pour enregistrer l'état d'un système de fichier à un certain moment, alors que Pre et Post sont utilisés pour définir les modifications effectuées par une opération spéciale entre les deux prises d'instantanés. Les instantanés Pre et Post sont couplés dans le tableau.</p>\n" -"<p>Sélectionnez un instantané ou un couple d'instantanés et cliquez sur <b>Afficher les modifications</b> pour voir les\n" -"modifications du système de fichier dans l'instantané spécifié.</p>\n" +"<p>Le tableau affiche une liste des instantanés du système de fichiers racine. Il existe trois types\n" +"d'instantanés, <b>unique</b>, <b>pré</b> et <b>post</b>. Les instantanés uniques sont utilisés\n" +"pour enregistrer l'état d'un système de fichiers à un certain moment, alors que Pré et Post sont utilisés pour définir les modifications effectuées par une opération spéciale entre les deux prises d'instantanés. Les instantanés Pré et Post sont associés dans le tableau.</p>\n" +"<p>Sélectionnez un instantané ou une paire d'instantanés et cliquez sur <b>Afficher les modifications</b> pour voir les\n" +"nouvelles modifications du système de fichiers dans l'instantané spécifié.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aperçu de l'instantané</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"L'arbre affiche tous les fichiers qui ont été modifiés entre la création du premier ('pre') et le second ('post') instantané. Sur la partie droite, vous pouvez voir la description générée lorsque le premier instantané a été créé et la date de création des deux instantanés.\n" +"L'arbre affiche tous les fichiers qui ont été modifiés entre la création du premier ('pré') et du second ('post') instantané. Sur la partie droite, vous pouvez voir la description générée lorsque le premier instantané a été créé et la date de création des deux instantanés.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les modifications effectuées sur celui-ci. Par défaut, les modifications entre les deux instantanés d'un couple sont affichées, mais il est possible de comparer différentes versions du fichier.\n" +"Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les modifications effectuées sur celui-ci. Par défaut, les modifications entre les instantanés associés sélectionnés sont affichées, mais il est possible de comparer différentes versions du fichier.\n" "</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -395,106 +424,70 @@ "Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les différences entre la version sélectionnée de l'instantané et le système actuel.\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "L'instantané %1 n'a pas été trouvé." +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" +msgstr "Échec de l'obtention de la configuration :\n" -#. Initialize snapper agent +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgstr "Échec de l'obtention du point de montage de l'instantané :\n" + +#. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgstr "Échec de la création de l'instantané :\n" + #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Raison inconnue." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "Échec de la modification de l'instantané :\n" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Configuration introuvable" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "Configuration non valide" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'initialisation de la bibliothèque Snapper :\n" -"%1" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "L'instantané n'a pas été trouvé." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Échec de la suppression de l'instantané : \n" -"%1" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Échec de la modification de l'instantané :\n" -"%1" - +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Type d'instantané donné incorrect." +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +msgstr "Échec de la suppression de l'instantané :\n" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "Le pré-instantané n'a pas été donné." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Pré-instantané donné introuvable." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Échec de la création de l'instantané :\n" -"%1" - #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Initialisation de Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +msgid "Read list of configurations" +msgstr "Lire la liste des configurations" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Lire la liste des instantanés" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Lecture de la base de données..." +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "Lecture de la liste de configurations" +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "Lecture de la liste d'instantanés" + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "L'interrogation des configurations Snapper a échoué :" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -504,17 +497,21 @@ "créer une ou plusieurs pour pouvoir utiliser yast2-snapper. Pour \n" "ce faire, vous pouvez utiliser l'utilitaire snapper en ligne de commande." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "L'interrogation des instantanés Snapper a échoué :" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Restauration des fichiers..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Supprimé %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 ignoré\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proposer une partition d'&accueil séparée" @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "N'oubliez pas ce que vous saisissez ici !" @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Activer les instantanés" @@ -5816,12 +5816,12 @@ "si vous savez ce que vous faites.</p>\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Opération non autorisée sur le disque %{device}.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5842,7 +5842,7 @@ "redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5863,7 +5863,7 @@ "redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5884,7 +5884,7 @@ "ni supprimer la partition de ce disque ici.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5899,7 +5899,7 @@ "mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce disque.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6810,33 +6810,33 @@ "Le sous-système de stockage est verrouillé par l'application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Vous devez quitter cette application avant de continuer." -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Système de fichiers de la partition racine" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Système de fichiers de la partition privée" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Augmenter la &swap pour la mise en veille" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de la proposition" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -6847,7 +6847,7 @@ "LVM chiffrée</b> si vous souhaitez que le système soit chiffré.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6860,7 +6860,7 @@ "instantanés automatiques à l'aide de snapper. Cela augmente également la taille de la partition racine.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6869,7 +6869,7 @@ "fichiers de la partition privée peut être sélectionné à l'aide de la liste déroulante correspondante.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -6877,32 +6877,32 @@ "<p>Dans la plupart des cas, il est possible de créer une partition d'échange \n" "(swap) suffisamment grande pour autoriser la mise en veille prolongée.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Entrez votre mot de passe pour le codage proposé." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Mot de passe :" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe en vue d'une vérification :" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Proposition basée sur la partition" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposition basée sur &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposition basée sur LVM &chiffrée" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -30,52 +30,52 @@ msgstr "&Support" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Boîte de dialogue d'aperçu Supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Ouvrir SUSE Support Center" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "Un navigateur va s'ouvrir sur la page du portail SUSE Support Center." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Ouvrir" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Collecter les données" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Cette opération entraîne la création d'un fichier Tarball contenant les fichiers journaux collectés." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Créer une archive du rapport" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Télécharger les données" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Cette opération entraîne le téléchargement des journaux collectés vers l'URL spécifiée." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Télécharger" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Impossible de trouver un navigateur installé." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,183 +87,184 @@ "%1.\n" "Voulez-vous démarrer le navigateur Web ?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Boîte de dialogue d'envoi Supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Enregistrer sous" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Répertoire à enregistrer" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Paquetages avec des fichiers journaux" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Télécharger le fichier Tarball contenant les fichiers journaux vers cette URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Cible du téléchargement" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Sélectionner le répertoire où sera enregistrée l'archive" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier d'archive des fichiers journaux" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Configuration des paramètres Supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Créer une liste de fichiers complète depuis '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Exclure les informations disques détaillées et les analyses" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Rechercher le système de fichiers racine pour les instances eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Inclure l'intégralité des listes de services SLP" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Effectue un rpm -V pour chaque rpm installé" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Inclure toutes les lignes de fichiers journaux, rassembler les journaux après rotation supplémentaires" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Utiliser les valeurs par défaut (ignorer /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Active toutes les fonctions de support" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Ne collecte qu'un minimum d'informations" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Utiliser des paramètres personnalisés (Expert)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Paramètres pour experts" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Options" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Configuration Expert Supportconfig" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Options par défaut" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du contact Supportconfig" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Information sur le contact" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Société" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Adresse email" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Numéro de téléphone" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "Enregistrer l'ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "ID de terminal" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "UID GPG" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Informations de téléchargement" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Numéro de requête de service à 11 chiffres" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "Le numéro de demande d'intervention doit comporter 11 chiffres" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Collecte des données" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progression " -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Revue des données collectées" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Nom du fichier" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Supprimer des données" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 10:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "Aucun de ces fichiers n'existe :%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -863,13 +863,13 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produit inconnu" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ "Impossible de sélectionner les modèles requis pour l'installation :\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Nom complet de l'utilisateur" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur" @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Utili&ser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur du système" @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Utilisateurs locaux" @@ -3188,7 +3188,7 @@ "Réessayez." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3200,11 +3200,11 @@ "Les utilisateurs locaux sont enregistrés dans <i>/etc/passwd</i> et dans <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Créer un utilisateur" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3229,7 +3229,7 @@ " et %{max} caractères.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3245,15 +3245,15 @@ "restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page de manuel correspondante pour plus d'informations.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système</b> si le même mot de passe saisi pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour l'utilisateur root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importer les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3269,11 +3269,11 @@ "importées.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3287,12 +3287,12 @@ "utilisateur local.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Utilisateur local" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3303,7 +3303,7 @@ "'Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur'." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3314,34 +3314,34 @@ "'Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur'." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Créer un utilisateur" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importer les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Sélectionner des utilisateurs" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Login &automatique" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Aucun utilisateur sélectionné" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "L'utilisateur %d va être importé." @@ -3889,7 +3889,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:716 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3908,185 +3908,185 @@ "après un montage correct. Souhaitez-vous poursuivre la configuration utilisateur ?" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:964 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Plusieurs utilisateurs remplissent les conditions d'entrée." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration utilisateur et groupe" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Lire la configuration par défaut du login" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Lire la configuration par défaut du système" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Lire le type de configuration" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres utilisateur personnalisés" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Lire les utilisateurs et groupes" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Construire les structures de cache" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration par défaut du login..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration par défaut du système..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Lecture du type de configuration..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres personnalisés..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Lecture des utilisateurs et groupes..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Construction des structures de cache..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Cet utilisateur n'existe pas." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Ce groupe n'existe pas." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Écriture de la configuration utilisateur et groupe" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "Écrire les utilisateurs et groupes LDAP" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Écrire les groupes" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Vérifier les utilisateurs effacés" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Écrire les utilisateurs" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Écrire les mots de passe" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres personnalisés" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres par défaut du login" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "Écriture des utilisateurs et groupes LDAP..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Écriture des groupes..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Vérification des utilisateurs effacés..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Écriture des utilisateurs..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Écriture des mots de passe..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres personnalisés..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres par défaut du login..." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "Le fichier %s n'a pas été lu correctement et ne sera pas écrit." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la suppression des utilisateurs." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "Le fichier %s n'a pas été lu correctement et ne sera pas écrit." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." @@ -4095,17 +4095,17 @@ "La prise en charge du codage n'est pas installée, les répertoires privés NE seront PAS codés." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la configuration de la transmission des messages de l'utilisateur root." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'UID disponible pour ce type d'utilisateur." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4115,7 +4115,7 @@ "Sélectionnez un nombre entier valide compris entre %i et %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4124,7 +4124,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4136,7 +4136,7 @@ "Vraiment l'utiliser ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4148,7 +4148,7 @@ "Faut-il vraiment assigner le type local à cet utilisateur ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4159,7 +4159,7 @@ "car il est inférieur à %i.\n" "Faut-il vraiment assigner le type système à cet utilisateur ?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4168,7 +4168,7 @@ "Le nom d'utilisateur existant devrait correspondre à l'utilisateur NIS ou LDAP.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@ "Essayez un autre nom d'utilisateur." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4188,7 +4188,7 @@ "pas contenir de deux points (:). Faites une nouvelle entrée." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ "Supprimer le surplus." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4210,7 +4210,7 @@ "Réessayez." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4220,7 +4220,7 @@ "Sélectionnez un autre chemin pour le répertoire personnel." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ "Réessayez." #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ "Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce chemin d'accès ?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4262,7 +4262,7 @@ "Utiliser ce répertoire ?\n" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ "Faut-il utiliser ce répertoire ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4285,12 +4285,12 @@ "Utiliser ce shell ?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "Il n'y a pas de GID disponible pour ce type de groupe." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4300,7 +4300,7 @@ "Sélectionnez un nombre entier valide compris entre %i et %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4309,7 +4309,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4321,7 +4321,7 @@ "Vraiment l'utiliser ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4333,7 +4333,7 @@ "Faut-il vraiment assigner le type local à ce groupe ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4345,7 +4345,7 @@ "Faut-il vraiment assigner le type système à ce groupe ?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4354,7 +4354,7 @@ "Réessayez." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ "Essayez à nouveau." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4377,7 +4377,7 @@ "Essayez à nouveau." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4387,13 +4387,13 @@ "et un nom de groupe existant.\n" "Veuillez essayer un autre nom de groupe." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "L'utilisateur %s n'existe pas." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4404,7 +4404,7 @@ "groupe par défaut." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4415,22 +4415,22 @@ "Supprimez d'abord les utilisateurs de ce groupe." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Utilisateurs</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groupes</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Paramètres de login</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Utilisateur %1 configuré pour un login automatique" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 3.1.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-03 14:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n" "Language-Team: français \n" @@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ "Vous ne pouvez pas avoir deux passerelles opérant sous le même scénario." #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur est déjà utilisé." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Impossible de trouver une connexion client correspondante." @@ -300,102 +300,102 @@ msgstr "Voulez-vous voir le journal du démon et le statut de la connexion ?" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Veuillez entrer l'IP de la passerelle avant de modifier les données d'identification." #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Cliquer sur « Nouveau VPN » pour créer un client ou une passerelle." #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Tous les réseaux IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Tous les réseaux IPv6 (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "CIDR limités, séparés par des virgules :" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Nom de la connexion : " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Passerelle (serveur)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Le scénario est" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Communication sécurisée avec clé pré-partagée" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Communication sécurisée avec certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Fournir un accès aux clients Android, iOS et MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Fournir un accès aux clients Windows 7 et 8" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Modifier les données d'identification" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Fournir aux clients VPN un accès à" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Plage d'adresses des clients (par exemple 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "La passerelle requiert une authentification" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Par une clé pré-partagée" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Par un certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP de la passerelle VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Utiliser le tunnel VPN pour accéder" @@ -487,22 +487,22 @@ msgstr "Statut indisponible : est-ce que le démon est actif ?" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Échec de l'installation des paquets IPSec." #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Échec du démarrage du démon IPSec." #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Échec de l'application des paramètres de transmission IP avec sysctl :" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ "Le pare-feu SUSE est activé mais pas lancé.\n" "Afin que le VPN fonctionne correctement, le pare-feu SUSE va être lancé maintenant." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Échec du redémarrage du pare-feu SUSE." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -525,33 +525,28 @@ "Le script est situé dans %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Paramètres VPN globaux" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Activer le démon VPN (IPSec) : %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" -msgstr "Réduire le TCP MSS" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +msgstr "Réduire le TCP MSS à 1024 : %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Passerelle et connexions" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Une passerelle servant des clients dans " #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Un client se connectant à " - -#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" -#~ msgstr "Réduire le TCP MSS à 1024 : %s" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:27\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:19 UTC (rev 96288) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2016-08-17 13:02:25 UTC (rev 96289) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:37\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n"